SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
FORM 8-K
CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): October 1, 1999
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Florida 0-28732 65-0524593
(State or other (Commission File (IRS Employer
jurisdiction of Number) Identification No.)
incorporation)
2200 Eller Drive, P.O. Box 13038, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33316
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: 954.524.4200
<PAGE>
Item 5. Other Events.
(a) As previously reported, on September 8, 1999, Hvide Marine
Incorporated (the "Company") and certain of its subsidiaries filed voluntary
petitions under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy
Code") in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the
"Bankruptcy Court") (Case No. 99-3024(PJW)). See the Company's Current Report on
Form 8-K dated September 21, 1999 for additional information.
On October 1, 1999, the Company and such subsidiaries filed a proposed
Joint Plan of Reorganization (the "Plan") and a related proposed Disclosure
Statement (the "Disclosure Statement") with the Bankruptcy Court. Under the
Plan, holders of the Company's 8.375% Senior Notes due 2008 would exchange such
Notes for 9,800,000 shares of common stock of the reorganized company ("New
Hvide"), representing 98% of the common equity of New Hvide; holders of the
Trust Convertible Preferred Securities issued by a subsidiary of the Company
would receive 200,000 shares of common stock of New Hvide, representing 2% of
its common equity, together with warrants to purchase an additional 125,000
shares; and holders of the Company's Common Stock would receive warrants to
purchase 125,000 shares of common stock of New Hvide. The warrants would be
exercisable at $38.49 per share and would have a term of four years.
Completion of the Plan is subject to various conditions, including
obtaining refinancing for the Company's bank borrowings, including those under
its previously reported debtor in possession credit facility. To date, the
Company has been unsuccessful in its efforts to refinance these borrowings, and
there is no assurance that it will be able to do so in the future. Completion of
the Plan is also subject to approval by the Bankruptcy Court.
The above discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
Plan and the Disclosure Statement, which are filed as exhibits to this Report
and are incorporated herein by reference.
(b) The Nasdaq Stock Market ("Nasdaq") has advised the Company that its
Common Stock was delisted effective at the close of business on September 29,
1999. The Company has been advised that its Common Stock (now under the symbol
"HMARQ") is now being traded on the so-called "pink sheets," and may be traded
on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board as well. However, the Company can give no
assurance that its Common Stock will continue to trade on these or any other
markets or as to the nature and extent of any such trading.
Item 7. Financial Statements, Pro Forma Financial Information and Exhibits.
The following are being filed as exhibits to this Report:
99.1 Debtors' Joint Plan of Reorganization, dated October 1, 1999,
as filed in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware in In re: Hvide Marine Incorporated, et
al., Case No. 99-3024 (PJW).
99.2 Disclosure Statement (including Exhibits E and F thereto)
pursuant to Section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code for the Joint
Plan of Reorganization proposed by the Debtors, as filed in
the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of
Delaware in In re: Hvide Marine Incorporated, et al., Case No.
99-3024 (PJW).
99.3 Hvide Marine Incorporated announcement dated October 4, 1999.
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed by the undersigned
thereunto duly authorized.
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED
(Registrant)
By s/Robert B. Lamm
Robert B. Lamm
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary
Dated: October 12, 1999
IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE
- --------------------------------------------------x
In re: : Chapter 11
Case No. 99-3024 (PJW)
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED, :
et al., (Jointly Administered)
Debtors. :
- --------------------------------------------------x
DEBTORS' JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-7798
(212) 479-6000
- and -
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP
Rodney Square North, 11 Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-0391
(302) 571-6600
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and
Debtors in Possession
Dated: Wilmington, Delaware
October 1, 1999
<PAGE>
IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE
- ------------------------------------------------x
In re: : Chapter 11
Case No. 99-3024 (PJW)
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED, :
et al., (Jointly Administered)
Debtors. :
- ------------------------------------------------x
DEBTORS' JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-7798
(212) 479-6000
- and -
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP
Rodney Square North, 11 Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-0391
(302) 571-6600
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and
Debtors in Possession
Dated: Wilmington, Delaware
October 1, 1999
<PAGE>
PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
Table of Contents
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page No.
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE I. DEFINITION AND CONSTRUCTION OF TERMS............................................................2
ARTICLE II. TREATMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE
EXPENSE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS.........................................................10
2.1. Administrative Expense Claims..................................................................10
2.2. Priority Tax Claims............................................................................11
ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS.........................................................11
3.1. Class 1 (Other Priority Claims)................................................................11
3.2. Class 2 (Secured Claims).......................................................................11
3.2.1. Class 2A (MARAD Claims)...............................................................12
3.2.2. Class 2B (Capital Lease Claims).......................................................12
3.2.3. Class 2C (Other Secured Claims).......................................................12
3.3. Class 3 (General Unsecured Claims).............................................................12
3.4. Class 4 (Senior Note Claims)...................................................................12
3.5. Class 5 (Intercompany Claims)..................................................................12
3.5.1. Class 5A (Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claims)..................................12
3.5.2. Class 5B (Other Intercompany Claims)..................................................12
3.6. Class 6 (Trust Preferred Securities)...........................................................12
3.7. Class 7 (Common Stock in Debtor Subsidiaries)..................................................12
3.8. Class 8 (HMI Common Stock).....................................................................12
3.9. Class 9 (HMI Options)..........................................................................12
ARTICLE IV. TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS..............................................................13
4.1. Class 1 -- Other Priority Claims...............................................................13
4.1.1. Nonimpairment.........................................................................13
4.1.2. Distributions.........................................................................13
4.2. Class 2 - Secured Claims......................................................................13
4.2.1. Class 2A -- MARAD Claims..............................................................13
4.2.2. Class 2B -- Capital Lease Claims......................................................13
4.2.3. Class 2C -- Other Secured Claims......................................................14
4.3. Class 3 -- General Unsecured Claims............................................................14
4.3.1. Nonimpairment.........................................................................14
4.3.2. Distributions.........................................................................14
4.4. Class 4 - Senior Note Claims...................................................................14
</TABLE>
iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
4.4.1. Impairment............................................................................14
4.4.2. Distributions.........................................................................14
4.4.3. Indenture Trustee Expenses............................................................15
4.5. Class 5 -- Intercompany Claims.................................................................15
4.5.1. Class 5A -- Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claims.................................15
4.5.1.1. Impairment..................................................................15
4.5.1.2. Distributions...............................................................15
4.5.1.3. Indenture Trustee Expenses..................................................15
4.5.2. Class 5B -- Other Intercompany Claims.................................................15
4.5.2.1. Nonimpairment...............................................................15
4.5.2.2. Distributions...............................................................15
4.6. Class 6 -- Trust Preferred Securities..........................................................15
4.6.1. Impairment............................................................................15
4.6.2. Distributions.........................................................................16
4.6.3. Property Trustee Expenses.............................................................16
4.7. Class 7 -- Common Stock in Subsidiaries........................................................16
4.7.1. Nonimpairment.........................................................................16
4.7.2. Distributions.........................................................................16
4.8. Class 8 - HMI Common Stock.....................................................................16
4.8.1. Impairment............................................................................16
4.8.2. Distributions.........................................................................16
4.9. Class 9 -- HMI Options.........................................................................16
4.9.1. Impairment............................................................................16
4.9.2. Distributions.........................................................................17
ARTICLE V. PROVISIONS OF NEW SECURITIES
TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN..............................................................17
5.1. New HMI Common Stock...........................................................................17
5.2. Class A Warrants...............................................................................17
ARTICLE VI. MEANS OF IMPLEMENTATION, PROVISIONS REGARDING
VOTING AND DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN AND
TREATMENT OF DISPUTED, CONTINGENT, AND
UNLIQUIDATED
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIMS, CLAIMS AND INTERESTS...................................18
6.1. Voting of Claims and Interests.................................................................18
6.1.1. In General............................................................................18
6.1.2. Controversy Concerning Impairment.....................................................18
6.2. Method of Distributions Under the Plan.........................................................18
6.2.1. In General............................................................................18
6.2.2. Distributions of Cash.................................................................18
6.2.3. Timing of Distributions...............................................................18
</TABLE>
iv
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
6.2.4. Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance..........................................................18
6.2.5. Minimum Distributions.................................................................19
6.2.6. Fractional Shares and Warrants.................................................................19
6.2.7. Unclaimed Distributions...............................................................19
6.3. Distributions Relating to Disputed Claims......................................................19
6.4. Resolution of Disputed Administrative Expense Claims
and Disputed Claims............................................................................20
6.5. Refinancing of DIP Credit Facility.............................................................20
6.6. Cancellation and Surrender of Existing Securities and Agreements...............................20
6.7. Termination of Hvide Capital Trust.............................................................21
6.8. Listing of New HMI Common Stock and Class A Warrants...........................................21
ARTICLE VII. EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES...........................................................21
7.1. Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases............................21
7.1.1. Executory Contracts...................................................................21
7.1.2. Unexpired Leases......................................................................22
7.1.3. Approval of Assumption or Rejection of Leases and Contracts...........................22
7.1.4. Cure of Defaults......................................................................22
7.1.5. Bar Date for Filing Proofs of Claim Relating to Executory Contracts
and Unexpired Leases Rejected Pursuant to the Plan....................................22
7.2. Indemnification Obligations....................................................................23
7.3. Compensation and Benefit Programs..............................................................23
7.4. Retiree Benefits...............................................................................23
ARTICLE VIII. PROVISIONS REGARDING CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR........................................................24
8.1. General........................................................................................24
8.2. Meetings of Stockholders.......................................................................24
8.3. Directors and Officers of Reorganized HMI......................................................24
8.3.1. Board of Directors....................................................................24
8.3.2. Officers..............................................................................24
8.4. New Certificate of Incorporation and New Bylaws................................................24
8.5. Issuance of New Securities.....................................................................24
ARTICLE IX. EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF PLAN........................................................25
9.1. Revesting of Assets............................................................................25
9.2. Discharge of Debtors...........................................................................25
ARTICLE X. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN......................................................................25
10.1. Conditions Precedent...........................................................................25
</TABLE>
v
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION..........................................................................26
ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS...........................................................................27
12.1. Effectuating Documents and Further Transactions................................................27
12.2. Exemption from Transfer Taxes..................................................................27
12.3. Exculpation and Releases.......................................................................27
12.4. Termination of Creditors' Committee............................................................28
12.5. Amendment or Modification of the Plan; Severability............................................28
12.6. Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan...........................................................29
12.7. Binding Effect.................................................................................29
12.8. Notices........................................................................................29
12.9. Post-Effective Date Professional Fees..........................................................30
12.10. Governing Law..................................................................................30
12.11. Withholding and Reporting Requirements.........................................................30
12.12. Plan Supplement................................................................................30
12.13. Headings.......................................................................................31
12.14. Exhibits.......................................................................................31
12.15. Filing of Additional Documents.................................................................31
</TABLE>
EXHIBITS1
Exhibit A - Registration Rights Agreement
Exhibit B - Class A Warrant Agreement
Exhibit C - New Certificate of Incorporation
of Reorganized Hvide Marine Incorporated
Exhibit D - New Bylaws of Hvide Marine Incorporated
SCHEDULES
Schedule 7.1(a) - Rejected Executory Contracts
- --------
1 Will be filed as part of the Plan Supplement no later than 10 days prior
to the Confirmation Hearing.
vi
<PAGE>
Hvide Marine Incorporated ("HMI") and its direct and indirect
subsidiaries listed below2 (collectively, the "Debtors" or the "Company"),
hereby propose the following joint plan of reorganization pursuant to Section
1121(a) of title 11 of the United States Code:
All holders of Claims and Interests are encouraged to read the
Plan and the Disclosure Statement in their entirety before voting to accept or
reject the Plan.
Subject to the restrictions on modifications set forth in
Section 1127 of the
- --------
2
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
HVIDE MARINE INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEABULK GAZELLE, INC. SEABULK PENNY, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TRANSPORT, INC. SEABULK GIANT, INC. SEABULK PERSISTENCE, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING, INC. SEABULK GREBE, INC. SEABULK PETREL, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING SERVICES, INC. SEABULK HABARA, INC. SEABULK PLOVER, INC.
HVIDE CAPITAL TRUST SEABULK HAMOUR, INC. SEABULK POWER, INC.
HMI CAYMAN HOLDINGS, INC. SEABULK HARRIER, INC. SEABULK PRIDE, INC.
HMI OPERATORS, INC. SEABULK HATTA, INC. SEABULK PRINCE, INC.
LIGHTSHIP LIMITED PARTNER HOLDINGS, LLC SEABULK HAWAII, INC. SEABULK PRINCESS, INC.
LONE STAR MARINE SERVICES, INC. SEABULK HAWK, INC. SEABULK PUFFIN, INC.
OCEAN SPECIALTY TANKERS CORPORATION SEABULK HERCULES, INC. SEABULK QUEEN, INC.
OFFSHORE MARINE MANAGEMENT SEABULK HERON, INC. SEABULK RAVEN, INC
INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEABULK HORIZON, INC. SEABULK RED TERN LIMITED
SEABULK ALBANY, INC. SEABULK HOUBARE, INC. SEABULK ROOSTER, INC.
SEABULK ALKATAR, INC. SEABULK IBEX, INC. SEABULK SABINE, INC.
SEABULK AMERICA PARTNERSHIP, LTD. SEABULK ISABEL, INC. SEABULK SALIHU, INC.
SEABULK ARABIAN, INC. SEABULK JASPER, INC. SEABULK SAPPHIRE, INC.
SEABULK ARCTIC EXPRESS, INC. SEABULK JEBEL ALI, INC SEABULK SARA, INC.
SEABULK ARIES II, INC. SEABULK KATIE, INC.. SEABULK SEAHORSE, INC.
SEABULK ARZANAH, INC. SEABULK KESTREL, INC. SEABULK SENGALI, INC.
SEABULK BARRACUDA, INC. SEABULK KING, INC. SEABULK SERVICE, INC.
SEABULK BATON ROUGE, INC. SEABULK KNIGHT, INC. SEABULK SHARI, INC.
SEABULK BECKY, INC. SEABULK LAKE EXPRESS, INC. SEABULK SHINDAGA, INC.
SEABULK BETSY, INC. SEABULK LARA, INC. SEABULK SKUA I, INC.
SEABULK BUL HANIN, INC. SEABULK LARK, INC. SEABULK SNIPE, INC.
SEABULK CAPRICORN, INC. SEABULK LIBERTY, INC. SEABULK SUHAIL, INC.
SEABULK CARDINAL, INC. SEABULK LINCOLN, INC. SEABULK SWAN, INC.
SEABULK CAROL, INC. SEABULK LULU, INC. SEABULK SWIFT, INC.
SEABULK CAROLYN, INC. SEABULK MAINTAINER, INC. SEABULK TANKERS, LTD.
SEABULK CHAMP, INC. SEABULK MALLARD, INC. SEABULK TAURUS, INC.
SEABULK CHRISTOPHER, INC SEABULK MARLENE, INC. SEABULK TENDER, INC.
SEABULK CLAIBORNE, INC. SEABULK MARTIN I, INC. SEABULK TIMS I, INC.
SEABULK CLIPPER, INC. SEABULK MARTIN II, INC. SEABULK TITAN, INC.
SEABULK COMMAND, INC. SEABULK MASTER, INC. SEABULK TOOTA, INC.
SEABULK CONDOR, INC. SEABULK MERLIN, INC. SEABULK TOUCAN, INC.
SEABULK CONSTRUCTOR, INC. SEABULK MUBARRAK, INC. SEABULK TRADER, INC.
SEABULK COOT I, INC. SEABULK NEPTUNE, INC. SEABULK TRANSMARINE II, INC
SEABULK COOT II, INC. SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS CORPORATION SEABULK TRANSMARINE
SEABULK CORMORANT, INC. SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
SEABULK CYGNET I, INC. HOLDINGS CORPORATION SEABULK TREASURE ISLAND, INC.
SEABULK CYGNET II, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE ABU DHABI, INC. SEABULK UMM SHAIF, INC.
SEABULK DANAH, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE DUBAI, INC. SEABULK VERITAS, INC.
SEABULK DAYNA, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE HOLDINGS, INC. SEABULK VIRGO I, INC.
SEABULK DEBBIE, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEABULK VOYAGER, INC.
SEABULK DEFENDER, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC. SEABULK ZAKUM, INC.
SEABULK DIANA, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE LTD. SEAMARK LTD. INC.
SEABULK DISCOVERY, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS, INC. SUN STATE MARINE SERVICES, INC.
SEABULK DUKE, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS HVIDE MARINE DE VENEZUELA, S.R.L.
SEABULK EAGLE II, INC. NIGERIA LIMITED MARANTA S.A.
SEABULK EAGLE, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
SEABULK EMERALD, INC. TRINIDAD LIMITED
SEABULK ENERGY, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE U.K. LTD.
SEABULK EXPLORER, INC. SEABULK OREGON, INC.
SEABULK FALCON II, INC. SEABULK ORYX INC.
SEABULK FALCON, INC. SEABULK OSPREY, INC.
SEABULK FREEDOM, INC. SEABULK PELICAN, INC.
SEABULK FULMAR, INC. SEABULK PENGUIN I, INC.
SEABULK GABRIELLE, INC. SEABULK PENGUIN II, INC.
SEABULK GANNET I, INC.
SEABULK GANNET II, INC.
</TABLE>
1
<PAGE>
Bankruptcy Code and those restrictions on modifications set forth in Article
12.5 of the Plan, the Debtors reserve their right to alter, amend or modify the
Plan one or more times before its substantial consummation.
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITION AND CONSTRUCTION OF TERMS
Definitions. As used herein, the following terms have the
respective meanings specified below, unless the context otherwise requires:
1.1. Administrative Expense Claim means any Claim for payment of an
administrative expense of a kind specified in Section 503(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code and entitled to priority pursuant to Section 507(a)(1)
of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, all of the
Debtors' obligations under the DIP Credit Facility, any actual and
necessary expenses of preserving the estate of the Debtors, any actual
and necessary expenses of operating the business of the Debtors, all
compensation or reimbursement of expenses allowed by the Bankruptcy
Court under Section 330 or 503 of the Bankruptcy Code, and any fees or
charges assessed against the estate of the Debtor under section 1930 of
chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code.
1.2. Allowed means
1.2.1. with respect to a Claim other than a Senior Note Claim,
a Claim or any portion thereof (a) that has been allowed
pursuant to a Final Order, (b) for which a proof of claim bar
date has been established and a proof of claim has been timely
filed with the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Bankruptcy
Code, the Bankruptcy Rules or any Final Order of the
Bankruptcy Court, and as to which either (i) no objection to
its allowance has been filed within the applicable period of
limitation fixed by the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules,
or by any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, or (ii) any
objection to its allowance has been settled, withdrawn, or has
been denied by a Final Order, or (c) that has been expressly
allowed in the Plan; provided, however, that all Claims for
which no proof of claim bar date has been established shall be
treated for all purposes as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not
been commenced and the determination of whether any such
Claims shall be allowed and/or the amount thereof shall be
determined, resolved or adjudicated, as the case may be, in
the procedural manner in which such Claim would have been
determined, resolved or adjudicated if the Chapter 11 Cases
had not been commenced;
1.2.2. with respect to a Senior Note Claim, any such Claim as
is properly reflected in the records of the indenture trustee
for the Senior Notes or any agent thereof pursuant to the
Senior Note Indenture and allowed in the amount set forth
2
<PAGE>
in Section 3.4 hereof;
1.2.3. with respect to a Trust Preferred Securities Interest,
any such Interest as is properly reflected in the records of
the Securities Registrar for the Trust Preferred Securities of
Hvide Capital Trust or any agent thereof pursuant to the Trust
Preferred Securities Declaration;
1.2.4. with respect to an HMI Common Stock Interest, any such
Interest as is properly reflected in the records of the
transfer agent for HMI Common Stock at the close of business
on the Effective Date; and
1.2.5. with respect to an HMI Option, any Options as is
reflected in the records of HMI on the Effective Date.
1.3. Articles of Incorporation means the Amended and Restated Articles
of Incorporation of HMI in effect immediately prior to the Effective
Date.
1.4. Ballot means each of the voting forms to be distributed with the
Plan and the Disclosure Statement to holders of Claims or Interests in
Classes that are impaired under the terms of the Plan and are entitled
to vote in connection with the solicitation of acceptances of the Plan.
1.5. Bankruptcy Code means title 11 of the United States Code, as
amended from time to time, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.6. Bankruptcy Court means the United States District Court for the
District of Delaware, having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases
and, to the extent of any reference made pursuant to section 157 of
title 28 of the United States Code, the unit of such District Court
pursuant to section 151 of title 28 of the United States Code.
1.7. Bankruptcy Rules means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure,
the Official Bankruptcy Forms and the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure,
as amended from time to time, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases or
proceedings therein, including the Local Rules of the Bankruptcy Court.
1.8. Business Day means any day on which commercial banks are open for
business in the City and County of New York, New York other than a
Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the State of New York.
1.9. Bylaws means the Bylaws of HMI in effect immediately prior to the
Effective Date.
1.10. Capital Lease Claims means all obligations of any of the Debtors
under or related to certain sale leaseback transactions for the Leased
Vessels.
3
<PAGE>
1.11. Cash means the legal tender of the United States of America.
1.12. Chapter 11 Cases means the cases under chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code commenced by the Debtors, procedurally consolidated
under the caption styled In re Hvide Marine Incorporated, Case No.
99-3024 (PJW) currently pending in the Bankruptcy Court.
1.13. Claim means (a) any right to payment from any of the Debtors,
whether or not such right is reduced to judgment, liquidated,
unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed,
undisputed, legal, equitable, secured, or unsecured or (b) any right to
an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise
to a right to payment from any of the Debtors, whether or not such
right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent,
matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.
1.14. Class means a category of holders of Claims or Interests as
established by the terms of Article III of the Plan.
1.15. Commencement Date means September 8, 1999, the date on which the
Debtors commenced the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.16. Confirmation Date means the date on which the Clerk of the
Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order.
1.17. Confirmation Order means the order, in form and substance
acceptable to the Creditors' Committee, entered by the Bankruptcy Court
confirming the Plan pursuant to Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.18. Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claims means all Claims
directly or indirectly arising under or related in any way to the
Convertible Subordinated Debenture Indenture, the Convertible
Subordinated Debentures, and any of the documents, instruments and
agreements relating thereto, as amended, supplemented or modified.
1.19. Convertible Subordinated Debenture Indenture means that certain
Indenture dated as of June 27, 1997 among HMI and the Bank of New York
as Trustee pursuant to which HMI issued the Convertible Subordinated
Debentures.
1.20. Convertible Subordinated Debentures means all debentures issued
under or pursuant to the Convertible Subordinated Debenture Indenture.
1.21. Creditors' Committee means the statutory committee of unsecured
creditors, if any, appointed by the United States Trustee in the
Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to Section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code on
September 23, 1999, as such committee may be
4
<PAGE>
constituted from time to time.
1.22. Cure means the distribution of Cash, or such other property as
may be agreed upon by the Debtors and the recipient thereof or ordered
by the Bankruptcy Court, as and to the extent required for the
assumption of an unexpired lease or executory contract pursuant to the
provisions of Section 365(b) of the Bankruptcy Code in an amount equal
to all accrued, due, and unpaid monetary obligations, without interest,
or such other amount as may be agreed upon by the parties or ordered by
the Bankruptcy Court, under such executory contract or unexpired lease
to the extent such obligations are enforceable under the Bankruptcy
Code and applicable non-bankruptcy law.
1.23. Debtors means HMI and each of the Subsidiary Debtors.
.
1.24. Debtors in Possession means the Debtors, as debtors in possession
in the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.25. DIP Credit Facility means the $60 million revolving credit
facility and the term loan of $240,889,767.23 extended to the Debtors
pursuant to the Debtor in Possession Revolving Credit and Term Loan
Agreement dated as of September 10, 1999, and all related documents,
instruments and agreements.
1.26. Disclosure Statement means the disclosure statement relating to
the Plan, as approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to Section 1125
of the Bankruptcy Code, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Creditors' Committee, as such Disclosure Statement may be amended,
modified, or supplemented from time to time.
1.27. Effective Date means the date on which the conditions specified
in Section 10.1 of the Plan have been satisfied or waived.
1.28. Exit Financing Facility means a credit facility in a principal
amount sufficient to repay the DIP Credit Facility and provide working
capital of not less than $75 million, or such other amount as agreed to
by the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee, to be obtained by
Reorganized HMI to meet its ordinary working capital requirements, in
form and substance satisfactory to the Creditors' Committee.
1.29. Final Order means an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court as
to which the time to appeal, petition for certiorari, or move for
reargument or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition
for certiorari, or other proceedings for reargument or rehearing shall
then be pending or as to which any right to appeal, petition for
certiorari, reargue or rehear shall have been waived in writing in form
and substance satisfactory to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors
or, in the event that an appeal, writ of certiorari, reargument or
rehearing thereof has been sought, such order of the Bankruptcy Court
shall have been determined by the highest court to which such order was
appealed, or certiorari, reargument or rehearing shall have been denied
and the time to take any
5
<PAGE>
further appeal, petition for certiorari or move for reargument or
rehearing shall have expired.
1.30. General Unsecured Claims means all Unsecured Claims against the
Debtors, other than Claims in Classes 1, 2, 4 and 5. Such Claims
include, without limitation, Claims for payment for goods and services
rendered to the Debtors and all Claims in respect of the rejection of
leases and executory contracts. Such Claims shall not include any
Section 510(b) HMI Common Stock Trading Claims.
1.31. HMI means Hvide Marine Incorporated.
1.32. HMI Common Stock means collectively the Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common Stock of HMI, par value $0.001 per share, issued and
outstanding prior to the Effective Date, including any restricted or
other Common Stock issued, or earned or vested and issuable, pursuant
to any of the Stock Plans.
1.33. HMI Common Stock Interests means all Interests in HMI represented
by the shares of Common Stock of HMI.
1.34. HMI Options means options to purchase HMI Common Stock and all
other rights and awards granted prior to the Effective Date pursuant to
any of the Stock Plans, but does not include any restricted or other
Common Stock issuable but not earned or vested thereunder (which shares
shall be included in Class 8).
1.35. Intercompany Claim means any Claim held by any one of the Debtors
against any other Debtor, except Convertible Subordinated Debenture
Claims.
1.36. Interest means any equity or other ownership interest in any of
the Debtors, and any option, warrant or other agreement requiring the
issuance of any such equity interest.
1.37.Leased Vessels means the HMI Astrachem, New River SDM I, St. Johns
SDM II, Escambia SDM III, Seabulk Arizona, Seabulk Wisconsin, Seabulk
St. Andrew, Seabulk St. James, Seabulk Kansas and Seabulk Nebraska.
1.38. MARAD Claims means all obligations of the Debtors under and with
respect to U.S. government-guaranteed ship financing bonds issued
pursuant to Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, as amended,
repayment of which is guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the
United States, acting through the Maritime Administration ("MARAD").
1.39. New HMI Common Stock means the common stock, par value $.01 per
share, of Reorganized HMI to be issued by Reorganized HMI on and after
the Effective Date.
1.40. New Bylaws of Reorganized HMI means new bylaws of Reorganized HMI
in form
6
<PAGE>
and substance satisfactory to the Creditors' Committee to be adopted on
the Effective Date.
1.41. New Certificate of Incorporation of Reorganized HMI means the new
certificate of incorporation in form and substance satisfactory to the
Creditors' Committee to be adopted on the Effective Date.
1.42. New Long-Term Incentive Plan means the new stock incentive plan
for key employees which will become effective on the Effective Date.
1.43. Other Priority Claim means any Claim, other than a Priority Tax
Claim and an Administrative Expense Claim, entitled to priority in
right of payment under Section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.44. Other Secured Claim means any Secured Claim other than MARAD
Claims and Capital Lease Claims.
1.45. Petitions means the voluntary petitions filed with the Bankruptcy
Court to commence the Chapter 11 Cases on the Commencement Date.
1.46. Plan means this chapter 11 plan of reorganization (including all
exhibits and schedules annexed hereto), either in its present form or
as it may be altered, amended, or modified from time to time, in form
and substance satisfactory to the Creditors' Committee.
1.47. Plan Supplement means the forms of documents specified in Section
12.12 of the Plan.
1.48. Postconfirmation List means the United States Trustee, the
Debtors, the Debtors' attorneys, counsel for the Creditors' Committee
(until termination of any such Committee's operations pursuant to
Section 12.4 of the Plan), and those parties that, subsequent to the
Confirmation Date, file with the Court and serve upon the Debtors and
their attorneys written requests for special notice as provided by the
terms of the Plan, which requests, in order to be effective, must
include street addresses and telephone and telecopy numbers for
purposes of service; provided that parties may be eliminated from such
list from time to time by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to
motions of the Debtors on notice to the then-constituted
Postconfirmation List, upon a showing that such parties no longer hold
material Interests or Claims in the Chapter 11 Cases, or no longer
require notice.
1.49. Priority Tax Claim means a Claim of a governmental unit of a kind
specified in Sections 502(i) and 507(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.50. Pro Rata means (i) regarding Claims, the ratio of the amount of
an Allowed Claim
7
<PAGE>
in a particular Class to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims in such
Class; and (ii) regarding Interests, the ratio of the amount of the
Allowed Interest to the aggregate amount of Allowed Interests.
1.51. Property Trustee means the property trustee under the Trust
Preferred Securities Declaration.
1.52. Record Holder of HMI Common Stock means a stockholder of record
of HMI Common Stock as of the close of business on the Effective Date.
1.53. Reinstated or Reinstatement means leaving a Claim unimpaired in
accordance with the provisions of Section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code,
thereby entitling the holder of such Claim to, but not more than, (a)
reinstatement of the original maturity of the obligations on which such
Claim is based, and (b) payment, as provided herein, of an amount of
Cash consisting solely of the sum of (i) matured but unpaid principal
installments, without regard to any acceleration of maturity, accruing
prior to the Effective Date, (ii) accrued but unpaid interest as of the
Petition Date, and (iii) reasonable fees, expenses, and charges, to the
extent such fees, expenses, and charges are allowed under the
Bankruptcy Code and are provided for in the agreement or agreements on
which such Claim is based; provided, however, that any contractual
right that does not pertain to the payment when due of principal and
interest on the obligation on which such Claim is based, including, but
not limited to, financial covenant ratios, negative pledge covenants,
covenants or restrictions on merger or consolidation, and affirmative
covenants regarding corporate existence, prohibiting certain
transactions or actions contemplated by the Plan, or conditioning such
transactions or actions on certain factors, shall not be reinstated in
order to accomplish Reinstatement; provided further, that upon the
reinstatement set forth herein, the interest rate of such obligations
shall be the non-default interest rate notwithstanding any default on
account of such obligations.
1.54. Reorganized Debtors means collectively the Debtors, or any
successors thereto by merger, consolidation or otherwise, on and after
the Effective Date.
1.55. Reorganized HMI means HMI, or any successor thereto by merger,
consolidation or otherwise, on and after the Effective Date.
1.56. Schedules means the schedules of assets and liabilities and the
statement of financial affairs filed by the Debtor as required by
Section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 1007, and all
amendments thereto.
1.57. Section 510(b) HMI Common Stock Trading Claim means any Claim (a)
arising from the rescission of a purchase or sale of HMI Common Stock,
(b) for damages arising from the purchase or sale of HMI Common Stock,
or (c) for reimbursement or contribution allowed under Section 502 of
the Bankruptcy Code on account of a claim described in clause (a) or
(b) of this Section, other than a Claim for reimbursement or
8
<PAGE>
contribution described in Section 7.2 of the Plan.
1.58. Secured Claim means an Allowed Claim held by any entity to the
extent of the value, as set forth in the Plan or as determined after
reasonable notice to the Creditors' Committee by a Final Order of the
Bankruptcy Court pursuant to Section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, of
any interest in property of the Debtors' estates securing such Allowed
Claim.
1.59. Senior Note Claims means all Claims directly or indirectly
arising from or under or related in any way to the Senior Note
Indenture, the Senior Notes, and any of the documents, instruments and
agreements relating thereto, as amended, supplemented or modified.
1.60. Senior Note Indenture means that certain Indenture dated as of
February 19, 1998 among HMI, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined
therein) and the Bank of New York as Trustee pursuant to which HMI
issued the Senior Notes.
1.61. Senior Notes means all notes issued under or pursuant to the
Senior Note Indenture.
1.62. Stock Plans means collectively the HMI Equity Ownership Plan, Key
Employee Stock Compensation Plan, Board of Directors Stock Compensation
Plan, Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee Directors and Non-Qualified
Plan.
1.63. Subsidiary means any entity of which HMI owns directly or
indirectly more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock or other
equity interests.
1.64. Subsidiary Debtors means each of the direct and indirect
subsidiaries of HMI listed in footnote 1 of this Plan which are Debtors
in the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.65. Trust Preferred Securities means all shares of 6 1/2% Trust
Convertible Preferred Securities of Hvide Capital Trust par value $1.00
per share, issued and outstanding prior to the Effective Date.
1.66. Trust Preferred Securities Declaration means the Amended and
Restated Declaration among HMI, the Bank of New York, as Property
Trustee, the Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware Trustee, and the
Administrative Trustees named therein, dated as of June 27, 1997, for
Hvide Capital Trust.
1.67. Trust Preferred Securities Interests means all Interests in the
Hvide Capital Trust represented by shares of Trust Preferred Securities
of Hvide Capital Trust.
1.68. Unsecured Claim means any Claim that is not a Secured Claim,
Administrative Expense Claim, Priority Tax Claim, or Other Priority
Claim.
9
<PAGE>
1.69. Warrants means the Class A Warrants to be issued by Reorganized
HMI on the Effective Date.
Other Terms. Any term used herein that is not defined herein
shall have the meaning ascribed to that term, if any, in the Bankruptcy Code.
Construction of Certain Terms.
i. The words "herein," "hereof," "hereto," "hereunder,"
and others of similar import refer to the Plan as a
whole and not to any particular section, subsection,
or clause contained in the Plan.
ii. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate,
each term stated in either the singular or the plural
shall include the singular and the plural, and
pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter
gender shall include the masculine, the feminine and
the neuter.
ARTICLE II.
TREATMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE
EXPENSE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS
2.1. Administrative Expense Claims. Except to the extent that the
holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim agrees to a different
treatment, the Reorganized Debtors shall provide to each holder of an
Allowed Administrative Expense Claim (a) Cash in an amount equal to
such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim on the latest of (i) the
Effective Date, (ii) the date such Administrative Expense Claim becomes
an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim and (iii) the date such Allowed
Administrative Expense Claim is due in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the particular transactions or governing documents or (b)
such other treatment as the Debtors and such holders shall have agreed
upon in writing, subject to the consent of the Creditors' Committee,
provided, however, that Allowed Administrative Expense Claims (other
than Claims under Section 330 of the Bankruptcy Code) representing
obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of or assumed
by the Debtors in Possession shall be paid in full and performed by the
Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary course of business in accordance
with the terms and conditions of the particular transactions and any
agreements relating thereto. All obligations under the DIP Credit
Facility will be paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date, and an
amount equal to 110% of the maximum drawing amount on all letters of
credit issued under the DIP Credit Facility and outstanding on the
Effective Date will be deposited with BankBoston, N.A. to secure the
Debtors' reimbursement obligations therefor.
10
<PAGE>
2.2. Priority Tax Claims. Except to the extent that the holder of an
Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a different treatment, the
Reorganized Debtors shall pay to each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax
Claim, at the sole option of the Reorganized Debtors, (a) Cash in an
amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim on the later of the
Effective Date and the date such Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed
Priority Tax Claim, (b) equal annual cash payments in arrears in an
aggregate amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, together
with interest at a fixed annual rate equal to five percent (5%), over a
period through the sixth anniversary of the date of assessment of such
Allowed Priority Tax Claim, (c) upon such other terms determined by the
Bankruptcy Court to provide the holder of such Allowed Priority Tax
Claim deferred Cash payments having a value, as of the Effective Date,
equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim or (d) such other treatment as
the Debtors and such holders shall have agreed upon in writing, subject
to the consent of the Creditors' Committee.
ARTICLE III.
CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
The following is a designation of the Classes of Claims and
Interests in the Plan. Administrative Expense Claims and Priority Tax Claims
have not been classified and are excluded from the following Classes, in
accordance with the provisions of Section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. The
treatment accorded Administrative Expense Claims and Priority Tax Claims is set
forth in Article II, above. Consistent with Section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code,
a Claim or Interest is classified by the Plan in a particular Class only to the
extent that the Claim or Interest is within the description of the Class and is
classified in a different Class to the extent the Claim or Interest is within
the description of that different Class.
3.1. Class 1 (Other Priority Claims) consists of all Other Priority
Claims against the Debtors.
3.2. Class 2 (Secured Claims) consists of all Secured Claims, each of
which shall be within a separate subclass (with each subclass to be
deemed a separate class for all purposes under applicable provisions of
the Bankruptcy Code), as follows:
3.2.1. Class 2A (MARAD Claims) consists of all MARAD Claims.
3.2.2. Class 2B (Capital Lease Claims) consists of all Capital
Lease Claims.
3.2.3. Class 2C (Other Secured Claims) consists of all Other
Secured Claims.
3.3. Class 3 (General Unsecured Claims) consists of all General
Unsecured Claims.
3.4. Class 4 (Senior Note Claims) consists of all Senior Note Claims.
11
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Senior Note Claims
shall be deemed to be Allowed Claims in the aggregate amount of
$314,167,678.
3.5. Class 5 (Intercompany Claims) consists of two subclasses (with
each subclass to be deemed a separate class for all purposes under
applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code), as follows:
3.5.1. Class 5A (Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claims)
consists of all Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claims.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the
Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claims shall be deemed to
be Allowed Claims in the aggregate amount of $120,170,000.
3.5.2. Class 5B (Other Intercompany Claims) consists of all
Other Intercompany Claims.
3.6. Class 6 (Trust Preferred Securities) consists of all Trust
Preferred Securities of Hvide Capital Trust.
3.7. Class 7 (Common Stock in Debtor Subsidiaries) consists of all
Interests directly or indirectly arising from or under, or relating in
any way, to the Interests in the Subsidiary Debtors.
3.8. Class 8 (HMI Common Stock) consists of all Interests directly or
indirectly arising from or under, or relating in any way, to HMI Common
Stock, including but not limited to all shares of HMI Common Stock
issued or issuable pursuant to the Stock Plans, and all Section 510(b)
HMI Common Stock Trading Claims.
3.9. Class 9 (HMI Options) consists of all Interests directly or
indirectly arising from or under, or relating in any way, to HMI
Options.
ARTICLE IV.
TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
4.1. Class 1 -- Other Priority Claims
4.1.1. Nonimpairment. Class 1 is unimpaired by the Plan. Each
holder of a Claim in Class 1 is conclusively presumed to have
accepted the Plan as a holder of a Class 1 Claim and is not
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.1.2. Distributions. The Reorganized Debtors shall pay to
each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 1 Cash in an amount
equal to such Allowed Claim on the later of the Effective Date
and the date such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.
12
<PAGE>
4.2. Class 2 - Secured Claims
4.2.1. Class 2A -- MARAD Claims
(a) Nonimpairment. Class 2A is unimpaired by the
Plan. Each holder of a Claim in Class 2A is
conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as a
holder of a Class 2A Claim and is not entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(b) Distributions. On the Effective Date, the MARAD
Claims in Class 2A shall be Reinstated or receive
such other treatment as the Debtors and such holders
shall have agreed upon in writing, subject to the
consent of the Creditors' Committee.
(c) Retention of Liens. Each holder of a Claim in
Class 2A shall retain the liens securing such
holder's Secured Claim as of the Effective Date.
4.2.2. Class 2B -- Capital Lease Claims
(a) Nonimpairment. Class 2B is unimpaired by the
Plan. Each holder of a Claim in Class 2B is
conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as a
holder of a Class 2B Claim and is not entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(b) Distributions. On the Effective Date, the Capital
Lease Claims in Class 2B shall be Reinstated or
receive such other treatment as the Debtors and such
holders shall have agreed upon in writing, subject to
the consent of the Creditors' Committee.
(c) Retention of Liens. Each holder of a Claim in
Class 2B shall retain the liens securing such
holder's Secured Claim as of the Effective Date.
4.2.3. Class 2C -- Other Secured Claims
(a) Nonimpairment. Class 2C is unimpaired by the
Plan. Each holder of a Claim in Class 2C is
conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as a
holder of a Claim 2C Claim and is not entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(b) Distributions. On the Effective Date, the Other
Secured Claims, if any, in Class 2C shall be
Reinstated or receive such other treatment as the
13
<PAGE>
Debtors and such holders shall have agreed upon in
writing, subject to the consent of the Creditors'
Committee.
(c) Retention of Liens. Each holder of a Claim in
Class 2C shall retain the liens securing such
holder's Secured Claim as of the Effective Date.
4.3. Class 3 -- General Unsecured Claims
4.3.1. Nonimpairment. Class 3 is unimpaired by the Plan. Each
holder of a Claim in Class 3 is conclusively presumed to have
accepted the Plan as a holder of an Allowed Class 3 Claim and
is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.3.2. Distributions. Each holder of an Allowed Class 3 Claim
shall, at the Debtors' option, (i) retain unaltered its legal,
equitable and contractual rights; (ii) receive payment in full
in Cash on the Effective Date; (iii) receive payment in any
other manner agreed upon by such holder and the Debtors
subject to the consent of the Creditors' Committee; or (iv)
receive such other treatment as will render the Claim
unimpaired. Such Claims shall remain subject to all legal and
equitable defenses of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.
4.4. Class 4 - Senior Note Claims
4.4.1. Impairment. Class 4 is impaired by the Plan. Each
holder of an Allowed Senior Note Claim as of the date of the
order approving the Disclosure Statement is entitled to vote
to accept or reject the Plan.
4.4.2. Distributions. On the Effective Date, in full
satisfaction of its Senior Note Claim, each holder of an
Allowed Senior Note Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of
9,800,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock, and the Senior Notes
shall be cancelled.
4.4.3. Indenture Trustee Expenses. Subject to the applicable
provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Court
authorization and approval to the extent necessary, the
indenture trustee under the Senior Note Indenture shall be
entitled to payment for its reasonable fees, costs and
expenses as provided under the Senior Note Indenture.
4.5. Class 5 -- Intercompany Claims
4.5.1. Class 5A -- Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claims
4.5.1.1.Impairment. Class 5A is impaired by the Plan.
The holder of the
14
<PAGE>
Class 5A Claim, i.e., Hvide Capital Trust, is
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. As a
co-proponent of the Plan, Hvide Capital Trust is
deemed to accept the Plan as the holder of the
Allowed Class 5A Claims.
4.5.1.2. Distributions. On the Effective Date, in
full satisfaction of the Convertible Subordinated
Debentures, the holder thereof, Hvide Capital Trust,
will receive $1,000 from HMI and the Convertible
Subordinated Debentures shall be cancelled.
4.5.1.3. Indenture Trustee Expenses. Subject to the
applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and
Bankruptcy Court authorization and approval to the
extent necessary, the indenture trustee under the
Convertible Debenture Indenture shall be entitled to
payment for its reasonable fees, costs and expenses
as provided under the Convertible Debenture
Indenture.
4.5.2. Class 5B -- Other Intercompany Claims
4.5.2.1. Nonimpairment. Class 5B is unimpaired by the
Plan. Each holder of a Claim in Class 5B is
conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as a
holder of an Allowed Class 5B Claim and is not
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.5.2.2. Distributions. On the Effective Date, each
Claim in Class 5B shall be Reinstated.
4.6. Class 6 -- Trust Preferred Securities
4.6.1. Impairment. Class 6 is impaired by the Plan. Each
holder of an Allowed Trust Preferred Securities Interest as of
the date of the Order approving the Disclosure Statement is
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.6.2. Distributions. On the Effective Date, in full
satisfaction of its Trust Preferred Securities Interest, each
holder of an Allowed Trust Preferred Securities Interest in
Class 6 shall receive its Pro Rata share of (i) 200,000 shares
of New HMI Common Stock and (ii) 125,000 Class A Warrants, and
the Trust Preferred Securities shall be cancelled.
4.6.3. Property Trustee Expenses. Subject to the applicable
provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Court
authorization and approval to the extent necessary, the
Property Trustee under the Trust Preferred Securities
Declaration shall be entitled to payment for its reasonable
fees, costs and expenses as provided under the Trust Preferred
Securities Declaration.
15
<PAGE>
4.7. Class 7 -- Common Stock in Subsidiaries
4.7.1. Nonimpairment. Class 7 is unimpaired by the Plan. Each
holder of an Interest in Class 7, i.e., HMI and its
subsidiaries, is conclusively presumed to have accepted the
Plan as a holder of Class 7 Interest and is not entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.7.2. Distributions. On the Effective Date, each Interest
in Class 7 will be Reinstated.
4.8. Class 8 - HMI Common Stock
4.8.1. Impairment. Class 8 is impaired by the Plan. Each
holder of an HMI Common Stock Interest and/or Allowed Section
510(b) HMI Common Stock Trading Claim as of the date of the
order approving the Disclosure Statement shall be entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.8.2. Distributions. On the Effective Date, each holder of an
HMI Common Stock Interest and/or Allowed Section 510(b) HMI
Common Stock Trading Claim as of the Effective Date shall
receive its Pro Rata share of 125,000 Class A Warrants, the
HMI Common Stock Interests shall be cancelled and the Section
510(b) Common Stock Trading Claim shall be satisfied and
released. Fractional warrants shall be treated in accordance
with Section 6.2.6. hereof.
4.9. Class 9 -- HMI Options
4.9.1. Impairment. Class 9 is impaired by the Plan. Because no
distribution will be made to holders of Class 9 Interests nor
shall such holders retain any property on account of such
Interests, the holders of Class 9 Interests are deemed to
reject the Plan.
4.9.2. Distributions. No distribution shall be made to holders
of HMI Options in Class 9 on account of such Interests, and
such HMI Options shall be cancelled on the Effective Date.
ARTICLE V.
PROVISIONS OF NEW SECURITIES
TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN
5.1. New HMI Common Stock. The principal terms of the New HMI Common
Stock shall be as follows:
16
<PAGE>
(a) Authorization: 20,000,000 shares.
(b) Par Value: $.01 per share.
(c) Voting: One vote per share, with cumulative voting rights.
(d) Preemptive Rights: None.
(e) Registration: Shall be deemed a registered public
offering under Section 1145(c) of the Bankruptcy
Code.
(f) Anti-Dilution: Subject to dilution by the exercise of
Class A Warrants and shares issued pursuant to the
New Long-Term Incentive Plan.
5.2. Class A Warrants. The principal terms of the Class A Warrants
shall be as follows:
(a) Authorization: 250,000 Class A Warrants, each exercisable
to purchase one share of New HMI Common Stock.
(b) Exercise Price: $38.49 per share payable in Cash.
(c) Term: 4 years from the Effective Date.
(d) Anti-Dilution: No anti-dilution provision.
(e) The Class A Warrants shall be in form and substance
satisfactory to the Creditors' Committee.
ARTICLE VI.
MEANS OF IMPLEMENTATION, PROVISIONS REGARDING
VOTING AND DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN AND
TREATMENT OF DISPUTED, CONTINGENT, AND UNLIQUIDATED
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIMS, CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
6.1. Voting of Claims and Interests
6.1.1. In General. Each holder of Claims and Interests in an
impaired Class shall be entitled to vote separately to accept
or reject the Plan as provided in the order entered by the
Bankruptcy Court establishing certain procedures with respect
to the solicitation and tabulation of votes to accept or
reject the Plan (a copy of
17
<PAGE>
which is annexed to the Disclosure Statement as Exhibit B).
6.1.2. Controversy Concerning Impairment. In the event of a
controversy as to whether any Claim or Class of Claims or
Interests is impaired under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court
shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such controversy.
6.2. Method of Distributions Under the Plan
6.2.1. In General. All distributions under the Plan shall be
made by the Reorganized Debtors. All distributions under the
Plan to the holders of Allowed Claims or Interests governed by
an indenture shall be made in accordance with the Debtors'
prior practice under the indenture.
6.2.2. Distributions of Cash. Any payment of Cash made by the
Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Plan shall be made by
check and payment shall be deemed made when the check is
transmitted.
6.2.3. Timing of Distributions. Any payment or distribution
required to be made under the Plan on a day other than a
Business Day shall be due on the next succeeding Business Day.
All payments or distributions due on the Effective Date shall
be made thereon or as soon as practicable thereafter, but in
no event later than 10 calendar days after the Effective Date.
6.2.4. Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance. Any shares of New HMI
Common Stock to be distributed under the Plan to any entity
required to file a Premerger Notification and Report Form
under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvement Act of 1976,
as amended, shall not be distributed until the notification
and waiting periods applicable under such Act to such entity
shall have expired or been terminated.
6.2.5. Minimum Distributions. Payment of Cash less than
twenty-five dollars need not be made by Reorganized HMI to any
holder of a Claim unless a request therefor is made in writing
to Reorganized HMI within one year following the Effective
Date.
6.2.6. Fractional Shares and Warrants. Notwithstanding any
other provision in the Plan to the contrary, no fractional
shares of New HMI Common Stock or fractional Class A Warrants
shall be issued pursuant to the Plan. Whenever any payment of
a fraction of a share of New HMI Common Stock or of a Warrant
would otherwise be required under the Plan, the actual
distribution made shall reflect a rounding of such fraction to
the nearest whole share or Warrant (up or down), with half
shares or Warrants or less being rounded down and fractions in
excess of half of a share or Warrant being rounded up.
18
<PAGE>
6.2.7. Unclaimed Distributions
6.2.7.1. Any Cash or other distributions pursuant to
the Plan, including but not limited to any
distributions of interest, that are unclaimed for a
period of five (5) years after distribution thereof
shall be forfeited and revested in the Reorganized
Debtors.
6.2.7.2. Any distribution made on behalf of a holder
of a Class 5 Claim to the indenture trustee for the
Senior Notes pursuant to the Plan that is unclaimed
by the holder of a Senior Note Claim for a period of
five (5) years after distribution thereof shall be
forfeited and returned to and revested in Reorganized
HMI.
6.2.7.3. Any distribution made on behalf of a holder
of a Class 6 Trust Preferred Securities Interest to
the Property Trustee for the Trust Preferred
Securities pursuant to the Plan that is unclaimed by
the holder of Trust Preferred Securities for a period
of five (5) years after distribution thereof shall be
forfeited and returned to and revested in Reorganized
HMI.
6.3. Distributions Relating to Disputed Claims. Cash, shares of New HMI
Common Stock and Warrants shall be distributed by Reorganized HMI to a
holder of a Disputed Administrative Expense Claim or disputed Claim
when, and to the extent that, such Disputed Administrative Expense
Claim or disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim
or Allowed Claim pursuant to a Final Order; provided, however, that the
undisputed portion of any disputed Claim shall be paid on the Effective
Date together with interest thereon to the same extent as an Allowed
Claim in the same Class as that Claim. As to the disputed portion of
any disputed Claim, any distribution in respect thereof shall be made
in accordance with the Plan to the holder of such Claim based upon the
amount of such disputed portion that becomes an Allowed Administrative
Expense Claim or Allowed Claim, as the case may be, together with
interest thereon to the same extent as an Allowed Claim in the same
Class as that Claim.
6.4. Resolution of Disputed Administrative Expense Claims and Disputed
Claims. Unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court after notice
and a hearing (and except as to (i) Claims of the Debtors' officers,
directors and employees and (ii) applications for allowances of
compensation and reimbursement of expenses under Sections 330 and 503
of the Bankruptcy Code), the Debtors from and after the Effective Date
from and after the Effective Date shall have the exclusive right to
make and file objections to Administrative Expense Claims and Claims.
6.5. Refinancing of DIP Credit Facility. On the Effective Date, the
Reorganized Debtors will either (a) enter into a new senior secured
credit facility, or (b) issue new debt securities, the proceeds of
which will be used to repay all of the Debtors' obligations under the
DIP Credit Facility.
19
<PAGE>
6.6. Cancellation and Surrender of Existing Securities and Agreements
6.6.1. On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided
herein, all promissory notes and other instruments evidencing
any claims under the DIP Credit Facility, and any Senior Note
Claim or Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claim, will be
terminated, cancelled and extinguished and will have no
further legal effect other than as evidence of any right to
receive distributions under the Plan. Also on the Effective
Date, all Trust Preferred Securities, shares of HMI Common
Stock and HMI Options will be cancelled and extinguished, and
will have no further legal effect other than as evidence, in
the case of Trust Preferred Securities and shares of HMI
Common Stock, of any right to receive distributions under the
Plan.
6.6.2. Each holder of a promissory note or other instrument
evidencing an obligation under the DIP Credit Facility, an
administrative expense claim, a Convertible Subordinated
Debenture Claim in Class 4A, a Senior Note Claim in Class 5,
or a share certificate or other instrument evidencing an HMI
Common Stock Interest in Class 8 shall surrender such
promissory note, share certificate or instrument to
Reorganized HMI or the relevant indenture trustee, agent or
other party, as the case may be. No distribution of property
hereunder shall be made to or on behalf of any such holders
unless and until such promissory note, share certificate or
instrument is received by Reorganized HMI or the
unavailability of such note or instrument is established to
the reasonable satisfaction of Reorganized HMI. Reorganized
HMI may require any entity delivering an affidavit of loss and
indemnity to furnish a surety bond in form and substance
(including, without limitation, with respect to amount)
reasonably satisfactory to Reorganized HMI from a surety
company satisfactory to Reorganized HMI. Any holder that fails
within five (5) years after the date of entry of the
Confirmation Order (i) to surrender or cause to be surrendered
such promissory note, share certificate or instrument, (ii) to
execute and deliver an affidavit of loss and indemnity
reasonably satisfactory to Reorganized HMI, or (iii) if
requested, to furnish a bond reasonably satisfactory to the
Reorganized HMI upon request, shall be deemed to have
forfeited all rights, Claims, and interests and shall not
participate in any distribution hereunder.
6.7. Termination of Hvide Capital Trust. On the Effective Date,
pursuant to the Confirmation Order, Hvide Capital Trust will be
terminated and dissolved without any further action required on the
part of any person.
6.8. Listing of New HMI Common Stock and Class A Warrants. Reorganized
HMI shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the shares of New
HMI Common Stock and the Class A Warrants to be listed on a national
securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market System, and to obtain
and maintain a trading symbol for each of the New HMI Common Stock and
Class A Warrants. Certain entities that may hold, or
20
<PAGE>
manage or advise accounts that hold, more than 10% of the New HMI
Common Stock upon the Effective Date shall be entitled to the benefits
of the Registration Rights Agreement attached as Exhibit "A" hereto.
ARTICLE VII.
EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES
7.1. Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired
Leases
7.1.1. Executory Contracts. Except as otherwise provided
herein or by the Confirmation Order, as of the Effective Date,
all executory contracts (other than unexpired leases) that
exist between any Debtor and any person shall be deemed
assumed as of the Effective Date, including without limitation
all indemnification obligations described in Section 7.2
hereof and all benefit obligations described in Sections 7.3
and 7.4 hereof, except for any executory contract (i) which
has been rejected pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court
entered on or prior to the Confirmation Date, (ii) set forth
in Schedule 7.1(a) hereto to be filed on or prior to seven
days prior to the hearing on confirmation of the Plan, or
(iii) as to which a motion for approval of the rejection of
such contract has been filed and served on or prior to the
Confirmation Date. The executory contracts set forth in
Schedule 7.1(a) hereto shall be deemed rejected as of the
Effective Date. Each Debtor shall pay all amounts that have
come due and owing on or before the Effective Date with
respect to its respective obligations under assumed executory
contracts immediately upon resolution of amounts thereby
owing, and execution of appropriate documents evidencing
withdrawal of claims therefor, or upon further order of the
Bankruptcy Court.
7.1.2. Unexpired Leases. Except as otherwise provided herein
or by the Confirmation Order, as of the Effective Date, all
unexpired leases that exist between any Debtor and any person
shall be deemed assumed as of the Effective Date, except for
any unexpired lease (i) which has been rejected pursuant to an
order of the Bankruptcy Court entered on or prior to the
Confirmation Date or by operation of law, or (ii) as to which
a motion for approval of the rejection of such lease has been
filed and served on or prior to the Confirmation Date. Each
Debtor shall pay all amounts that have come due and owing on
or before the Effective Date with respect to its respective
obligations under assumed leases immediately upon resolution
of amounts thereby owing, and execution of appropriate
documents evidencing withdrawal of claims therefor, or upon
further order of the Bankruptcy Court.
7.1.3. Approval of Assumption or Rejection of Leases and
Contracts. Entry of
21
<PAGE>
the Confirmation Order shall constitute (i) the approval,
pursuant to Section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, of the
assumption of the executory contracts and unexpired leases
assumed pursuant to Section 7.1(a) and (b) hereof, (ii) the
extension of time pursuant to Section 365(d)(4) of the
Bankruptcy Code within which the Debtors may assume or reject
the executory contracts and unexpired leases specified in
Section 7.1(a) and (b) hereof through the date of entry of an
order approving the assumption or rejection of such contracts
and leases, (iii) the approval, pursuant to Section 365(a) of
the Bankruptcy Code, of the rejection of the executory
contracts set forth in Schedule 7.1(a) hereto, and (iv) the
disallowance of all Claims arising from contracts and leases
assumed prior to or as of the Effective Date.
7.1.4. Cure of Defaults. On the Effective Date, each of the
Reorganized Debtors shall Cure any and all defaults under any
executory contract or unexpired lease it respectively assumed
pursuant to the Plan in accordance with Section 365(b)(1) of
the Bankruptcy Code.
7.1.5. Bar Date for Filing Proofs of Claim Relating to
Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Rejected Pursuant to
the Plan. Unless the Bankruptcy Court fixes a different time
period pursuant to an order approving the rejection of a
contract or lease, Claims arising out of the rejection of an
executory contract or unexpired lease pursuant to this Section
7.1 must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court no later than
thirty days after notice of entry of an order approving the
rejection of such contract or lease. Any Claims not filed
within such time will be forever barred from assertion against
their estate, the Reorganized Debtors and their property and
will not receive any distributions under the Plan. Unless
otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, all Claims arising
from the rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases
shall be treated as Class 3 Claims under the Plan.
7.2. Indemnification Obligations. For purposes of the Plan, the
obligations of each Debtor to indemnify, reimburse or limit the
liability of its present and any former directors, officers or
employees that were directors, officers or employees on or after the
Commencement Date against any obligations pursuant to their Articles of
Incorporation, Bylaws, similar organizational documents, applicable
state law or specific agreement, or any combination of the foregoing,
shall survive confirmation of the Plan, remain unaffected thereby, and
not be discharged irrespective of whether indemnification,
reimbursement or limitation is owed in connection with an event
occurring before, on, or after the Commencement Date. The Debtors shall
pay all amounts, if any, that have come due and owing on or before the
Effective Date with respect to assumed indemnity obligations
immediately upon resolution of amounts thereby owing, and execution of
appropriate documents evidencing withdrawal of claims therefor, or upon
further order of the Bankruptcy Court.
22
<PAGE>
7.3. Compensation and Benefit Programs. All employment and severance
practices and policies, and all compensation and benefit plans,
policies, and programs of each Debtor applicable to its directors,
officers or employees, including, without limitation, all savings
plans, retirement plans, health care plans, severance benefit plans,
incentive plans, workers' compensation programs and life, disability
and other insurance plans are treated as executory contracts under the
Plan and are hereby assumed pursuant to Section 365(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code, subject to any and all modification and termination
rights of the Debtors contained therein.
7.4. Retiree Benefits. Payments, if any, due to any person for the
purpose of providing or reimbursing payments for retired employees and
their spouses and dependents for medical, surgical, or hospital care
benefits, or benefits in the event of sickness, accident, disability,
or death under any plan, fund, or program (through the purchase of
insurance or otherwise), maintained or established in whole or in part
by the Debtors prior to the Commencement Date, shall be continued for
the duration of the period the Debtors have obligated themselves to
provide such benefits, subject to any and all modification and
termination rights of the Debtors contained therein. The Debtors shall
pay all amounts that have come due and owing on or before the Effective
Date with respect to assumed retiree benefits immediately upon
resolution of amounts thereby owing, and execution of appropriate
documents evidencing withdrawal of claims therefor, or upon further
order of the Bankruptcy Court.
ARTICLE VIII.
PROVISIONS REGARDING CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR
8.1. General. On the Effective Date, the management, control and
operation of each of the Reorganized Debtors shall become the general
responsibility of the respective Boards of Directors of the Reorganized
Debtors (or as otherwise provided in its governing instruments), which
shall thereafter have the responsibility for the management, control
and operation of the Reorganized Debtors.
8.2. Meetings of Stockholders. The first annual meeting of the
stockholders of Reorganized HMI shall be held on a date selected by the
Board of Directors of Reorganized HMI in calendar year 2000.
8.3. Directors and Officers of Reorganized HMI
8.3.1. Board of Directors. As of the Effective Date, the Board
of Directors of Reorganized HMI shall initially consist of
nine individuals designated by the Creditors' Committee after
consultation with HMI. The names of such individuals shall be
disclosed prior to the hearing to consider confirmation of the
23
<PAGE>
Plan.
8.3.2. Officers. The officers of Reorganized HMI immediately
prior to the Effective Date shall serve as the initial
officers of Reorganized HMI on and after the Effective Date in
accordance with any employment agreement with Reorganized HMI
and applicable nonbankruptcy law.
8.4. New Certificate of Incorporation and New Bylaws. Effective as of
the Effective Date, HMI will be reincorporated under the laws of the
State of Delaware and the New Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
of Reorganized HMI shall be adopted in substantially the form annexed
hereto as Exhibits C and D, respectively.
8.5. Issuance of New Securities. The issuance of the following equity
securities by Reorganized HMI is hereby authorized under Section 1145
of the Bankruptcy Code without further act or action under applicable
law, regulation, order, or rule:
(a) approximately 10,000,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock;
and
(b) approximately 250,000 Class A Warrants.
ARTICLE IX.
EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF PLAN
9.1. Revesting of Assets
9.1.1. The property of the estate of the Debtors shall revest
in the respective Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date.
9.1.2. From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized
Debtors may operate their businesses, and may use, acquire,
and dispose of their properties free of any restrictions of
the Bankruptcy Code except as provided herein.
9.1.3. As of the Effective Date, all property of the Debtors
shall be free and clear of all Claims and Interests of holders
of Claims and Interests, except as provided herein.
9.1.4. Any rights or causes of action accruing to the Debtors
and Debtors in Possession, including those accruing or arising
under chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall remain assets of
the estates of the respective Reorganized Debtors. To the
extent necessary, the Reorganized Debtors shall be deemed
representatives of the estate under Section 1123(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
24
<PAGE>
9.2. Discharge of Debtors. The rights afforded herein and the treatment
of all Claims and Interests herein shall be in exchange for and in
complete satisfaction, discharge, and release of all Claims and
Interests of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on
such Claims from and after the Commencement Date, against the Debtors
and the Debtors in Possession, or any of their assets or properties.
Except as otherwise provided herein, (a) on the Effective Date, all
such Claims against, and Interests in, the Debtors shall be satisfied,
discharged, and released in full and (b) all persons shall be precluded
from asserting against the respective Reorganized Debtors, their
successors, or their assets or properties any other or further Claims
or Interests based upon any act or omission, transaction, or other
activity of any kind or nature occurring prior to the Confirmation
Date.
ARTICLE X.
EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN
10.1. Conditions Precedent. The Plan shall not become effective unless
the following conditions have been satisfied: (i) the Bankruptcy Court
shall have entered the Confirmation Order in form and substance
satisfactory to the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee providing,
inter alia, that the New HMI Stock (including New HMI Stock issued upon
the exercise of the Class A Warrants) and the Class A Warrants to be
issued to holders of Claims and Interests pursuant to the Plan, are
exempt from registration pursuant to Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy
Code, and such Order shall have become a Final Order unless such
requirement of finality is waived by the mutual consent of the Debtors
and the Creditors' Committee; and (ii) consummation of the Plan,
including distribution of the securities in accordance with the terms
of the Plan, shall not preclude the Reorganized Debtors from operating
their respective businesses in compliance with the Jones Act.
ARTICLE XI.
RETENTION OF JURISDICTION
The Bankruptcy Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction of all matters
arising out of, and related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to,
and for the purposes of, Sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code and
for, among other things, the following purposes:
11.1. To hear and determine pending applications for the assumption or
rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases, if any are
pending, and the allowance of Claims resulting therefrom;
11.2. To determine any and all pending adversary proceedings, applica-
tions, and
25
<PAGE>
contested matters;
11.3. To hear and determine any objection to Administrative Expense
Claims or to Claims;
11.4. To enter and implement such orders as may be appropriate in the
event the Confirmation Order is for any reason stayed, revoked,
modified, or vacated;
11.5. To issue such orders in aid of execution of the Plan or in
furtherance of the discharge, to the extent authorized by Section 1142
of the Bankruptcy Code;
11.6. To consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or
omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in any order of the Bankruptcy
Court, including, without limitation, the Confirmation Order;
11.7. To hear and determine all applications for compensation and
reimbursement of expenses of professionals under Sections 330, 331 and
503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code;
11.8. To ensure that distributions and rights granted to holders of
Allowed Claims and Interests are accomplished as provided herein.
11.9. To hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the
interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan;
11.10. To recover all assets of the Debtors and property of the estate,
wherever located;
11.11. To hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and
federal taxes in accordance with Sections 346, 505 and 1146 of the
Bankruptcy Code;
11.12. To hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy
Code; and
11.13. To enter a final decree closing the Chapter 11 Cases.
ARTICLE XII.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
12.1. Effectuating Documents and Further Transactions. Each of the
Chief Executive Officer, President and each Executive and Senior Vice
President of each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor is authorized in
accordance with his authority under the resolutions of the Board of
Directors of each such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as the case may
be, to execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, instruments,
releases, indentures and other agreements or documents and take such
actions as may be necessary or appropriate
26
<PAGE>
to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan
and any notes or securities issued pursuant to the Plan.
12.2. Exemption from Transfer Taxes. Pursuant to Section 1146(c) of the
Bankruptcy Code, the issuance, transfer or exchange of notes or equity
securities under the Plan, the creation of any mortgage, deed of trust
or other security interest, the making or assignment of any lease or
sublease, or the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument of
transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan,
including any deeds, bills of sale or assignments executed in
connection with any of the transactions contemplated under the Plan,
shall not be subject to any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage
recording or other similar tax, including but not limited to the
Florida document stamp tax.
12.3. Exculpation and Releases. None of the Reorganized Debtors, the
Creditors' Committee, if any, or any of their respective members,
officers, directors, employees, attorneys, advisors or agents shall
have or incur any liability to any holder of a Claim or Interest for
any act or omission in connection with, or arising out of, the pursuit
of confirmation of the Plan, the consummation of the Plan or the
administration of the Plan or the property to be distributed under the
Plan except for willful misconduct or gross negligence, and, in all
respects, the Reorganized Debtor, the Creditors' Committee and each of
their respective members, officers, directors, employees, attorneys,
advisors and agents shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of
counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities under the
Plan.
Upon the Effective Date, pursuant to Section 1123(b)(3)(A) of
the Bankruptcy Code, any and all claims held by the Debtors against any
present or former officers or directors shall be forever settled,
waived, released and discharged, and will not be retained or enforced
by the Reorganized Debtors. Further, upon the Effective Date any and
all claims and causes of action, whether direct or derivative, against
any present or former officer or director of the Debtors by any holder
of a Claim or Interest under the Plan shall similarly be forever
settled, waived, released and discharged, and not retained or enforced
by such holder.
12.4. Termination of Creditors' Committee. Except as otherwise provided
in this section 12.4, on the date by which both (a) the Effective Date
has occurred and (b) the Confirmation Order has become a Final Order,
the Creditors' Committee shall cease to exist and its members,
employees or agents (including, without limitation, attorneys,
investment bankers, financial advisors, accountants and other
professionals) shall be released and discharged from any further
authority, duties, responsibilities and obligations relating to,
arising from, or in connection with the Creditors' Committee. The
Creditors' Committee shall continue to exist after such date (i) solely
with respect to all the applications filed pursuant to section 330 and
331 of the Bankruptcy Code seeking payment of fees and expenses
incurred by any professional, (ii) any post-confirmation modifications
to, or motions seeking the enforcement of, the Plan or the Confirmation
27
<PAGE>
Order, and (iii) any matters pending as of the Effective Date in the
Chapter 11 Cases, until such matters are finally resolved.
12.5. Amendment or Modification of the Plan; Severability
12.5.1. The Debtors may, with the consent of the Creditors'
Committee, alter, amend, or modify the treatment of any Claim
provided for under the Plan; provided, however, that the
holder of such Claim agrees or consents to any such
alteration, amendment or modification.
12.5.2. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court determines,
prior to the Confirmation Date, that any provision in the Plan
is invalid, void or unenforceable, such provision shall be
invalid, void or unenforceable with respect to the holder or
holders of such Claims or Interests as to which the provision
is determined to be invalid, void or unenforceable. The
invalidity, voidness or unenforceability of any such provision
shall in no way limit or affect the enforceability and
operative effect of any other provision of the Plan.
12.6. Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan
12.6.1. The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw
the Plan prior to the Confirmation Date, subject to the
consent of the Creditors' Committee, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
12.6.2. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to
the Confirmation Date, then the Plan shall be deemed null and
void. In such event, nothing contained herein shall be deemed
to constitute a waiver or release of any claims by or against
the Debtors or any other person or to prejudice in any manner
the rights of the Debtors or any person in any further
proceedings involving the Debtors.
12.7. Binding Effect. The Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the holders of Claims
and Interests, and their respective successors and assigns, except as
expressly set forth herein.
12.8. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be provided under
the Plan shall be in writing and served by either (a) certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (b) hand delivery, or (c)
reputable overnight delivery service, freight prepaid, to be addressed
as follows:
To the Debtors:
28
<PAGE>
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED
2200 Eller Drive
P.O. Box 13038
Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33316
Attn: Robert B. Lamm, Esq.
with copies to:
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-7798
Attn: Robert J. Feinstein, Esq.
and
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP 11th Floor, Rodney
Square North Wilmington, Delaware 19899-0391 Attn: Laura Davis
Jones, Esq.
To the Creditors' Committee:
c/o MILBANK, TWEED, HADLEY & McCLOY LLP
One Chase Manhattan Plaza
New York, New York 10005-1413
Attn: Luc A. Despins, Esq.
Dennis F. Dunne, Esq.
and
ASHBY & GEDDES
One Rodney Square
P.O. Box 1150
Wilmington, DE 19899
Attn: William P. Bowden, Esq.
12.9. Post-Effective Date Professional Fees. The Reorganized Debtors
may retain and compensate professionals and reimburse such
professionals' expenses, for services rendered on or after the
Effective Date, without the necessity of approval by the Bankruptcy
Court pursuant to the provisions of Sections 327, 328 et seq. of the
Bankruptcy Code.
12.10. Governing Law. Except to the extent the Bankruptcy Code or
Bankruptcy Rules are applicable, the rights and obligations arising
under the Plan shall be governed by, and
29
<PAGE>
construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law
thereof that would require the application of any laws of any other
jurisdiction.
12.11. Withholding and Reporting Requirements. In connection with the
Plan and all instruments issued in connection therewith and
distributions thereunder, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as
the case may be, shall comply with all withholding and reporting
requirements imposed by any federal, state, local, or foreign taxing
authority, and all distributions hereunder shall be subject to any such
withholding and reporting requirements.
12.12. Plan Supplement. Forms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the
Class A Warrant Agreement and other documents shall be in form and
substance satisfactory to the Creditors' Committee and contained in the
Plan Supplement and filed with the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court at
least ten days prior to the Confirmation Date. Upon its filing with the
Court, the Plan Supplement may be inspected in the office of the Clerk
of the Bankruptcy Court during normal court hours. Holders of Claims or
Interests may obtain a copy of the Plan Supplement upon written request
in accordance with applicable provisions of the Disclosure Statement.
12.13. Headings. Headings are used in the Plan for convenience and
reference only, and shall not constitute a part of the Plan for any
other purpose.
12.14. Exhibits. All Exhibits to the Plan, including the Plan
Supplement, are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set
forth in full herein.
12.15. Filing of Additional Documents. On or before substantial
consummation of the Plan, the Debtors shall file with the Bankruptcy
Court such agreements and other documents as may be necessary or
appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions
of the Plan, provided such documents are in form and substance
satisfactory to the Creditors' Committee.
30
<PAGE>
Dated: October 1, 1999
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED,
a Florida corporation
By:
HVIDE MARINE INTERNATIONAL,
INC.
HVIDE MARINE TRANSPORT, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING SERVICES,
INC.
HVIDE CAPITAL TRUST
By:
HMI CAYMAN HOLDINGS, INC.
HMI OPERATORS, INC.
LIGHTSHIP LIMITED PARTNER
HOLDINGS, LLC
LONE STAR MARINE SERVICES, INC.
OCEAN SPECIALTY TANKERS
CORPORATION
OFFSHORE MARINE MANAGEMENT
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
SEABULK ALBANY, INC.
SEABULK ALKATAR, INC.
SEABULK AMERICA PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
SEABULK ARABIAN, INC.
SEABULK ARCTIC EXPRESS, INC.
SEABULK ARIES II, INC.
SEABULK ARZANAH, INC.
SEABULK BARRACUDA, INC.
SEABULK BATON ROUGE, INC.
SEABULK BECKY, INC.
SEABULK BETSY, INC.
SEABULK BUL HANIN, INC.
SEABULK CAPRICORN, INC.
31
<PAGE>
SEABULK CARDINAL, INC.
SEABULK CAROL, INC.
SEABULK CAROLYN, INC.
SEABULK CHAMP, INC.
SEABULK CHRISTOPHER, INC
SEABULK CLAIBORNE, INC.
SEABULK CLIPPER, INC.
SEABULK COMMAND, INC.
SEABULK CONDOR, INC.
SEABULK CONSTRUCTOR, INC.
SEABULK COOT I, INC.
SEABULK COOT II, INC.
SEABULK CORMORANT, INC.
SEABULK CYGNET I, INC.
SEABULK CYGNET II, INC.
SEABULK DANAH, INC.
SEABULK DAYNA, INC.
SEABULK DEBBIE, INC.
SEABULK DEFENDER, INC.
SEABULK DIANA, INC.
SEABULK DISCOVERY, INC.
SEABULK DUKE, INC.
SEABULK EAGLE II, INC.
SEABULK EAGLE, INC.
SEABULK EMERALD, INC.
SEABULK ENERGY, INC.
SEABULK EXPLORER, INC.
SEABULK FALCON II, INC.
SEABULK FALCON, INC.
SEABULK FREEDOM, INC.
SEABULK FULMAR, INC.
SEABULK GABRIELLE, INC.
SEABULK GANNET I, INC.
SEABULK GANNET II, INC.
SEABULK GAZELLE, INC.
SEABULK GIANT, INC.
SEABULK GREBE, INC.
SEABULK HABARA, INC.
SEABULK HAMOUR, INC.
SEABULK HARRIER, INC.
SEABULK HATTA, INC.
SEABULK HAWAII, INC.
SEABULK HAWK, INC.
SEABULK HERCULES, INC.
32
<PAGE>
SEABULK HERON, INC.
SEABULK HORIZON, INC.
SEABULK HOUBARE, INC.
SEABULK IBEX, INC.
SEABULK ISABEL, INC.
SEABULK JASPER, INC.
SEABULK JEBEL ALI, INC
SEABULK KATIE, INC..
SEABULK KESTREL, INC.
SEABULK KING, INC.
SEABULK KNIGHT, INC.
SEABULK LAKE EXPRESS, INC.
SEABULK LARA, INC.
SEABULK LARK, INC.
SEABULK LIBERTY, INC.
SEABULK LINCOLN, INC.
SEABULK LULU, INC.
SEABULK MAINTAINER, INC.
SEABULK MALLARD, INC.
SEABULK MARLENE, INC.
SEABULK MARTIN I, INC.
SEABULK MARTIN II, INC.
SEABULK MASTER, INC.
SEABULK MERLIN, INC.
SEABULK MUBARRAK, INC.
SEABULK NEPTUNE, INC.
SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS
CORPORATION
SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS
HOLDINGS CORPORATION
SEABULK OFFSHORE ABU DHABI,
INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE DUBAI, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE
HOLDINGS, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE GLOBAL
HOLDINGS, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE LTD.
SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS,
INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
NIGERIA LIMITED
SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
33
<PAGE>
TRINIDAD LIMITED
SEABULK OFFSHORE U.K. LTD.
SEABULK OREGON, INC.
SEABULK ORYX INC.
SEABULK OSPREY, INC.
SEABULK PELICAN, INC.
SEABULK PENGUIN I, INC.
SEABULK PENGUIN II, INC.
SEABULK PENNY, INC.
SEABULK PERSISTENCE, INC.
SEABULK PETREL, INC.
SEABULK PLOVER, INC.
SEABULK POWER, INC.
SEABULK PRIDE, INC.
SEABULK PRINCE, INC.
SEABULK PRINCESS, INC.
SEABULK PUFFIN, INC.
SEABULK QUEEN, INC.
SEABULK RAVEN, INC
SEABULK RED TERN LIMITED
SEABULK ROOSTER, INC.
SEABULK SABINE, INC.
SEABULK SALIHU, INC.
SEABULK SAPPHIRE, INC.
SEABULK SARA, INC.
SEABULK SEAHORSE, INC.
SEABULK SENGALI, INC.
SEABULK SERVICE, INC.
SEABULK SHARI, INC.
SEABULK SHINDAGA, INC.
SEABULK SKUA I, INC.
SEABULK SNIPE, INC.
SEABULK SUHAIL, INC.
SEABULK SWAN, INC.
SEABULK SWIFT, INC.
SEABULK TANKERS, LTD.
SEABULK TAURUS, INC.
SEABULK TENDER, INC.
SEABULK TIMS I, INC.
SEABULK TITAN, INC.
SEABULK TOOTA, INC.
SEABULK TOUCAN, INC.
SEABULK TRADER, INC.
SEABULK TRANSMARINE II, INC
34
<PAGE>
SEABULK TRANSMARINE
PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
SEABULK TREASURE ISLAND, INC.
SEABULK UMM SHAIF, INC.
SEABULK VERITAS, INC.
SEABULK VIRGO I, INC.
SEABULK VOYAGER, INC.
SEABULK ZAKUM, INC.
SEAMARK LTD. INC.
SUN STATE MARINE SERVICES, INC.
HVIDE MARINE de VENEZUELA, S.R.L.
By:
MARANTA, S.A.
By:
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
By:
Robert J. Feinstein, Esq.
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-7798
(212) 479-6000
-and-
35
<PAGE>
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP
By:
Laura Davis Jones, Esq.
Rodney Square North, 11 Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-0391
(302) 571-6600
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and
Debtors in Possession
THIS IS NOT A SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN.
ACCEPTANCE MAY NOT BE SOLICITED UNTIL A DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. THIS DISCLOSURE
STATEMENT HAS BEEN SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL BUT HAS NOT YET
BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.
IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE
- ------------------------------------------------x
In re: : Chapter 11
Case No. 99-3024 (PJW)
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED, :
et al., (Jointly Administered )
Debtors. :
- ------------------------------------------------x
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 1125
OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE FOR THE JOINT PLAN OF
REORGANIZATION PROPOSED BY THE DEBTORS
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-7798
(212) 479-6000
- and -
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP
Rodney Square North, 11 Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-0391
(302) 571-6600
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and
Debtors in Possession
Dated: Wilmington, Delaware
October 1, 1999
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page No.
<S> <C> <C>
I. INTRODUCTION................................................................................................1
A. General Information................................................................................1
B. Right to Vote on the Plan..........................................................................4
C. Voting Instructions................................................................................6
D. Confirmation Hearing...............................................................................6
II. OVERVIEW OF THE PLAN........................................................................................8
A. Classification and Treatment of All Claims and Interests Under the Plan............................8
B. Ownership of New HMI Common Stock; Dilution.......................................................11
C. Recommendation With Respect to The Plan...........................................................11
III. SUMMARY OF BUSINESS, PROPERTIES AND OTHER
INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO THE DEBTORS....................................................................11
A. Description of the Company and its Business.......................................................11
B. Industry Segments.................................................................................12
C. Competition.......................................................................................18
D. Environmental and Other Regulation................................................................19
E. Insurance.........................................................................................24
F. Legal Proceedings.................................................................................24
G. Employees.........................................................................................25
H. Properties........................................................................................25
I. Selected Consolidated Financial Data..............................................................26
J. Events Leading to the Commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases........................................29
IV. SIGNIFICANT EVENTS DURING THE CHAPTER 11 CASES.............................................................31
A. Continuation of Business; Stay of Litigation......................................................31
B. Appointment of the Creditors' Committee...........................................................31
C. Representation of Debtors and Committee...........................................................32
D. DIP Credit Facility...............................................................................32
E. Employee Retention Plan...........................................................................33
F. Assumption of Certain Leases and Executory Contracts..............................................33
V. THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION.................................................................................33
A. Classification and Treatment of Claims and Interests..............................................33
1. Administrative Expense and Priority Tax Claims...........................................33
</TABLE>
iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
a. Administrative Expense Claims...................................................33
b. Priority Tax Claims.............................................................35
2. Class 1 -- Other Priority Claims.........................................................35
3. Class 2 -- Secured Claims................................................................35
a. Class 2A (MARAD Claims).........................................................35
b. Class 2B (Capital Lease Claims).................................................36
c. Class 2C (Other Secured Claims).................................................37
4. Class 3 -- General Unsecured Claims......................................................37
5. Class 4 -- Senior Note Claims............................................................38
6. Class 5 -- Intercompany Claims...........................................................38
a. Class 5A........................................................................38
b. Class 5B........................................................................39
7. Class 6 -- Trust Preferred Securities....................................................39
8. Class 7 -- Common Stock in Subsidiary Debtors............................................39
9. Class 8 -- HMI Common Stock..............................................................39
10. Class 9 -- HMI Options...................................................................40
B. Summary of Other Provisions of the Plan...........................................................40
1. General Description of New Securities....................................................40
a. New HMI Common Stock............................................................40
b. The Class A Warrants............................................................41
2. The Registration Rights Agreements.......................................................43
3. Conditions Precedent to the Plan.........................................................44
4. Time and Method of Distributions Under the Plan..........................................44
5. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.................................................44
6. Retiree Benefits.........................................................................45
7. Provisions for Treatment of Disputed Claims..............................................46
8. Reorganized HMI Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws.................................46
9. Discharge of the Debtors.................................................................51
10. Amendment of the Plan....................................................................51
11. Indemnification..........................................................................52
12. Revocation of the Plan...................................................................52
13. Preservation of Causes of Action.........................................................52
14. Termination of Creditors' Committee......................................................52
15. Exculpation and Releases.................................................................52
16. Termination of Hvide Capital Trust.......................................................53
17. Supplemental Documents...................................................................53
VI. CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION PROCEDURE....................................................................53
A. Solicitation of Votes.............................................................................53
B. The Confirmation Hearing..........................................................................54
C. Confirmation......................................................................................55
1. Acceptance...............................................................................55
2. Unfair Discrimination and Fair and Equitable Tests.......................................55
</TABLE>
iv
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
a. Secured Creditors...............................................................55
b. Unsecured Creditors.............................................................56
c. Interests.......................................................................56
3. Feasibility..............................................................................56
4. Best Interests Test......................................................................57
D. Consummation......................................................................................59
E. Exit Financing....................................................................................59
VII. MANAGEMENT OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR.......................................................................59
A. Board of Directors and Management.................................................................59
1. Composition of the Board of Directors....................................................59
2. Identity of Officers and Directors.......................................................59
B. Compensation of Executive Officers................................................................64
C. New Long-Term Incentive Plan......................................................................64
D. Post-Effective Date Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners...............................65
VIII. APPLICABILITY OF FEDERAL AND OTHER SECURITIES
LAWS TO THE REORGANIZED HMI COMMON STOCK AND
CLASS A WARRANTS TO BE DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE PLAN..........................................................65
A. Issuance Of Securities............................................................................65
1. Generally................................................................................65
2. Resale Considerations....................................................................66
3. Delivery of Disclosure Statement.........................................................67
IX. CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED......................................................................68
A. Projected Financial Information...................................................................68
B. Depressed Industry Conditions and Substantial Cash
Requirements Have Adversely Affected the Company's Liquidity......................................68
C. Recent Adverse Publicity About the Company,
Including its Chapter 11 Filing, Has Harmed the Company's
Ability to Compete in Highly Competitive Businesses...............................................69
D. The Company Is Dependent on the Oil and Gas Industry, Which Is Cyclical...........................69
E. Excess Vessel Supply and Vessel Newbuilds Are Depressing
Day Rates and Adversely Affecting Operating Results...............................................70
F. Excess Vessel Supply and Vessel Newbuilds Are Likely to Cause Any Recovery
of the Offshore Energy Support Market to Lag Increases in Oil and Gas Prices......................70
G. The Company May Be at a Competitive Disadvantage in Responding
to Any Improved Demand in the Offshore Energy Support Industry....................................70
H. The Company's Plans to Cancel the Construction of Vessels
Currently under Construction Could Subject it to Liabilities......................................71
I. The Company Conducts International Operations, Which Involve
</TABLE>
v
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
Additional Risks..................................................................................71
J. The Company's Offshore Energy Support Fleet Includes Many Older Vessels...........................71
K. The Company's Business Is Subject to Environmental Risk and Regulations...........................71
L. The Company's Business Involves Hazardous Activities and Other
Risks of Loss Against Which it May Not Be Adequately Insured......................................72
M. The Company Could Lose Jones Act Protection.......................................................72
N. Restriction on Foreign Ownership of Stock.........................................................72
O. The Company Will Have to Remove Some of its Vessels from
the Jones Act Trade...............................................................................73
P. The Company Will Have to Consolidate Certain Debt, Which Will Cause Further
Deterioration in its Reported Financial Condition and Results of Operations.......................73
Q. There Is No Established Trading Market for the New Securities.....................................73
R. Dividend Policy...................................................................................74
S. Preferred Stock...................................................................................74
X. CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN........................................................74
A. Consequences to the Company.......................................................................75
1. Cancellation of Debt.....................................................................75
2. Limitations on NOL Carryforwards and Other Tax Attributes................................75
3. Alternative Minimum Tax..................................................................77
B. Consequences to Holders of Senior Notes...........................................................77
1. Gain or Loss.............................................................................78
2. Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest...........................................78
3. Subsequent Sale of New HMI Common Stock..................................................78
4. Withholding..............................................................................79
C. Consequences to Holders of Trust Preferred Securities.............................................79
1. Gain or Loss.............................................................................79
2. Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest or OID....................................80
3. Subsequent Sale of New HMI Common Stock..................................................80
4. Withholding..............................................................................80
D. Consequences to Holders of Existing HMI Common Stock..............................................81
XI. ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN..................................................81
A. Liquidation Under Chapter 7.......................................................................81
B. Alternative Plan of Reorganization................................................................82
XII. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION..............................................................................82
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A The Plan of Reorganization
</TABLE>
vi
<PAGE>
Exhibit B Disclosure Statement Approval Order
Exhibit C Hvide Marine Incorporated's Form 10-K 1998 Annual
Report and Form 10-K/A Amendment
Exhibit D Hvide Marine Incorporated's Form 10-Q Quarterly
Report for the Quarter Ended June 30, 1999
Exhibit E Hvide Marine Incorporated's Projected Financial
Information
Exhibit F Hvide Marine Incorporated Liquidation Analysis
Exhibit G Reorganized Hvide Marine Incorporated's New Long-Term
Incentive Plan
vii
<PAGE>
I. INTRODUCTION
A. General Information
Hvide Marine Incorporated ("HMI") and its subsidiary and affiliate
debtors listed below1 (collectively, the "Debtors," the "Company" or "Hvide"),
are hereby soliciting acceptances of their Joint Plan of Reorganization Under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code dated as of October 1, 1999
- --------
1
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
HVIDE MARINE INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEABULK GANNET I, INC. SEABULK PENNY, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TRANSPORT, INC. SEABULK GANNET II, INC. SEABULK PERSISTENCE, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING, INC. SEABULK GAZELLE, INC. SEABULK PETREL, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING SERVICES, INC. SEABULK GIANT, INC. SEABULK PLOVER, INC.
HVIDE CAPITAL TRUST SEABULK GREBE, INC. SEABULK POWER, INC.
HMI CAYMAN HOLDINGS, INC. SEABULK HABARA, INC. SEABULK PRIDE, INC.
HMI OPERATORS, INC. SEABULK HAMOUR, INC. SEABULK PRINCE, INC.
LIGHTSHIP LIMITED PARTNER HOLDINGS, LLC SEABULK HARRIER, INC. SEABULK PRINCESS, INC.
LONE STAR MARINE SERVICES, INC. SEABULK HATTA, INC. SEABULK PUFFIN, INC.
OCEAN SPECIALTY TANKERS CORPORATION SEABULK HAWAII, INC. SEABULK QUEEN, INC.
OFFSHORE MARINE MANAGEMENT SEABULK HAWK, INC. SEABULK RAVEN, INC
INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEABULK HERCULES, INC. SEABULK RED TERN LIMITED
SEABULK ALBANY, INC. SEABULK HERON, INC. SEABULK ROOSTER, INC.
SEABULK ALKATAR, INC. SEABULK HORIZON, INC. SEABULK SABINE, INC.
SEABULK AMERICA PARTNERSHIP, LTD. SEABULK HOUBARE, INC. SEABULK SALIHU, INC.
SEABULK ARABIAN, INC. SEABULK IBEX, INC. SEABULK SAPPHIRE, INC.
SEABULK ARCTIC EXPRESS, INC. SEABULK ISABEL, INC. SEABULK SARA, INC.
SEABULK ARIES II, INC. SEABULK JASPER, INC. SEABULK SEAHORSE, INC.
SEABULK ARZANAH, INC. SEABULK JEBEL ALI, INC SEABULK SENGALI, INC.
SEABULK BARRACUDA, INC. SEABULK KATIE, INC.. SEABULK SERVICE, INC.
SEABULK BATON ROUGE, INC. SEABULK KESTREL, INC. SEABULK SHARI, INC.
SEABULK BECKY, INC. SEABULK KING, INC. SEABULK SHINDAGA, INC.
SEABULK BETSY, INC. SEABULK KNIGHT, INC. SEABULK SKUA I, INC.
SEABULK BUL HANIN, INC. SEABULK LAKE EXPRESS, INC. SEABULK SNIPE, INC.
SEABULK CAPRICORN, INC. SEABULK LARA, INC. SEABULK SUHAIL, INC.
SEABULK CARDINAL, INC. SEABULK LARK, INC. SEABULK SWAN, INC.
SEABULK CAROL, INC. SEABULK LIBERTY, INC. SEABULK SWIFT, INC.
SEABULK CAROLYN, INC. SEABULK LINCOLN, INC. SEABULK TANKERS, LTD.
SEABULK CHAMP, INC. SEABULK LULU, INC. SEABULK TAURUS, INC.
SEABULK CHRISTOPHER, INC SEABULK MAINTAINER, INC. SEABULK TENDER, INC.
SEABULK CLAIBORNE, INC. SEABULK MALLARD, INC. SEABULK TIMS I, INC.
SEABULK CLIPPER, INC. SEABULK MARLENE, INC. SEABULK TITAN, INC.
SEABULK COMMAND, INC. SEABULK MARTIN I, INC. SEABULK TOOTA, INC.
SEABULK CONDOR, INC. SEABULK MARTIN II, INC. SEABULK TOUCAN, INC.
SEABULK CONSTRUCTOR, INC. SEABULK MASTER, INC. SEABULK TRADER, INC.
SEABULK COOT I, INC. SEABULK MERLIN, INC. SEABULK TRANSMARINE II, INC
SEABULK COOT II, INC. SEABULK MUBARRAK, INC. SEABULK TRANSMARINE
SEABULK CORMORANT, INC. SEABULK NEPTUNE, INC. PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
SEABULK CYGNET I, INC. SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS CORPORATION SEABULK TREASURE ISLAND, INC.
SEABULK CYGNET II, INC. SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS SEABULK UMM SHAIF, INC.
SEABULK DANAH, INC. HOLDINGS CORPORATION SEABULK VERITAS, INC.
SEABULK DAYNA, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE ABU DHABI, INC. SEABULK VIRGO I, INC.
SEABULK DEBBIE, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE DUBAI, INC. SEABULK VOYAGER, INC.
SEABULK DEFENDER, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE HOLDINGS, INC. SEABULK ZAKUM, INC.
SEABULK DIANA, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEAMARK LTD. INC.
SEABULK DISCOVERY, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC. SUN STATE MARINE SERVICES, INC.
SEABULK DUKE, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE LTD. HVIDE MARINE DE VENEZUELA, S.R.L.
SEABULK EAGLE II, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS, INC. MARANTA S.A.
SEABULK EAGLE, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
SEABULK EMERALD, INC. NIGERIA LIMITED
SEABULK ENERGY, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
SEABULK EXPLORER, INC. TRINIDAD LIMITED
SEABULK FALCON II, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE U.K. LTD.
SEABULK FALCON, INC. SEABULK OREGON, INC.
SEABULK FREEDOM, INC. SEABULK ORYX INC.
SEABULK FULMAR, INC. SEABULK OSPREY, INC.
SEABULK GABRIELLE, INC. SEABULK PELICAN, INC.
SEABULK PENGUIN I, INC.
SEABULK PENGUIN II, INC.
</TABLE>
8
<PAGE>
(the "Plan").2 This Disclosure Statement is being distributed in connection with
(i) the solicitation of acceptances of the Plan and (ii) the hearing to consider
confirmation of the Plan (the "Confirmation Hearing") scheduled for December 1,
1999 at 11:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time.
The Plan is intended to enhance the long-term viability and contribute
to the success of the Company by adjusting its capitalization through a
reduction in the amount of its long-term debt to reflect current and projected
operating performance levels. The Plan is designed to reduce the Company's debt
service obligations to levels that the Company believes can be supported by its
projected cash flow. See Hvide Marine Incorporated's Projected Financial
Information (Exhibit E).
The Plan provides for, among other things, the refinancing of Hvide's
existing senior secured DIP Credit Facility and the distribution to the holders
of the $300 million principal amount of existing HMI Senior Notes of 9,800,000
shares of New HMI Common Stock, representing 98% of the outstanding shares of
New HMI Common Stock on the Effective Date. All other debt of the Company to
third parties will be unimpaired, and claims of vendors and suppliers will
continue to be paid in the ordinary course of business.
The Plan further provides for the cancellation of an intercompany
liability represented by the $118 million principal amount of 6 1/2% Convertible
Subordinated Debentures issued by HMI to a subsidiary, Hvide Capital Trust, and
for the distribution to holders of Hvide Capital Trust's corresponding 6 1/2%
Trust Convertible Preferred Securities of (i) 200,000 shares of New HMI Common
Stock, representing 2% of the outstanding shares of New HMI Common Stock on the
Effective Date, plus (ii) Class A Warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of New HMI
Common Stock on the terms described elsewhere in this Disclosure Statement.
Finally, the Plan provides for the cancellation of the existing shares of HMI
Common Stock and the distribution to HMI Common Stockholders of Class A Warrants
to purchase 125,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock on the terms described
elsewhere in this Disclosure Statement. Thus, existing equity holders may retain
an interest in the deleveraged Company and the opportunity to participate in its
future success.
The Plan thus addresses the over-leveraged nature of the Company's
capital structure through the elimination of a total of $433 million of debt
(represented by the Senior Notes and the Convertible Subordinated Debentures,
including accrued and unpaid interest thereon), together with the refinancing of
the Company's existing senior secured lending facility at reasonable interest
rates. This restructuring will provide the Company with a stronger balance sheet
and improved cash flows that should enable the Company to survive as a going
concern, continue to serve its customers and markets, modernize its fleet, and
preserve jobs for its employees.
Attached as Exhibits to this Disclosure Statement are copies of the
following:
- --------
2 Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms contained herein
have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan, a copy of which is annexed
hereto as Exhibit A.
9
<PAGE>
o The Plan (Exhibit A);
o Order of the Bankruptcy Court dated November __,
1999, among other things, approving this Disclosure
Statement and establishing certain procedures with
respect to the solicitation and tabulation of votes
to accept or reject the Plan (Exhibit B);
o HMI's Form 10-K 1998 Annual Report and Form 10-K/A
Amendment (Exhibit C);
o HMI's Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the Quarter
Ended June 30, 1999 (Exhibit D);
o HMI's Projected Financial Information (Exhibit E);
o HMI's Liquidation Analysis (Exhibit F); and
o Reorganized HMI's New Long-Term Incentive Plan.
In addition, a Ballot for the acceptance or rejection of the Plan is enclosed
with the Disclosure Statement submitted to the holders of Claims and Interests
that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
ON NOVEMBER __, 1999 THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF
DELAWARE APPROVED THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ("DISCLOSURE STATEMENT"), WHICH
APPROVAL DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A DETERMINATION ON THE FAIRNESS OR MERITS OF THE
PLAN OF REORGANIZATION ANNEXED HERETO AS EXHIBIT A AND DESCRIBED IN THIS
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. THE APPROVAL OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT MEANS THAT THE
BANKRUPTCY COURT HAS FOUND THAT THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONTAINS ADEQUATE
INFORMATION TO PERMIT CREDITORS AND EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE DEBTORS TO MAKE A
REASONABLY INFORMED DECISION IN EXERCISING THEIR RIGHT TO VOTE UPON THE PLAN.
THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE MADE AS OF THE DATE
HEREOF UNLESS ANOTHER TIME IS SPECIFIED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. THE
DELIVERY OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHALL NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE
AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SINCE THE DATE OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.
THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONTAINS ONLY A SUMMARY OF THE PLAN. ALL CREDITORS,
INTEREST HOLDERS AND OTHER INTERESTED PARTIES ARE ENCOURAGED TO REVIEW THE FULL
TEXT OF THE PLAN, AND TO READ CAREFULLY THIS ENTIRE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT,
INCLUDING ALL EXHIBITS, BEFORE DECIDING TO VOTE EITHER TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE
PLAN OR TAKE A POSITION WITH RESPECT TO THE PLAN. PLAN SUMMARIES AND STATEMENTS
MADE IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE
TO THE PLAN, OTHER EXHIBITS ANNEXED HERETO AND OTHER DOCUMENTS REFERENCED AS
FILED WITH THE
10
<PAGE>
BANKRUPTCY COURT PRIOR TO OR CONCURRENT WITH THE FILING OF THIS DISCLOSURE
STATEMENT. SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF, THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT: (A)
THE INFORMATION AND REPRESENTATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN ARE MATERIALLY ACCURATE;
AND (B) THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONTAINS ALL MATERIAL INFORMATION. ALL
CREDITORS AND INTEREST HOLDERS SHOULD READ CAREFULLY AND CONSIDER FULLY THE
SECTION HEREOF ENTITLED "CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED" BEFORE VOTING
FOR OR AGAINST THE PLAN.
THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1125 OF
THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS
OR OTHER APPLICABLE NONBANKRUPTCY LAW. PERSONS OR ENTITIES TRADING IN OR
OTHERWISE PURCHASING, SELLING OR TRANSFERRING SECURITIES OF THE DEBTORS SHOULD
EVALUATE THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE PLAN IN LIGHT OF THE PURPOSE FOR
WHICH THEY WERE PREPARED.
THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS NEITHER BEEN APPROVED NOR DISAPPROVED BY THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE "SEC") NOR HAS THE SEC PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN.
AS TO CONTESTED MATTERS, ADVERSARY PROCEEDINGS AND OTHER ACTIONS OR THREATENED
ACTIONS, IT IS THE DEBTORS' POSITION THAT THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHALL NOT
CONSTITUTE OR BE CONSTRUED AS AN ADMISSION OF ANY FACT OR LIABILITY, STIPULATION
OR WAIVER BUT RATHER AS A STATEMENT MADE IN SETTLEMENT NEGOTIATIONS.
IT IS ALSO THE DEBTORS' POSITION THAT THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHALL NOT BE
ADMISSIBLE IN ANY PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE DEBTORS OR ANY OTHER PARTY, AND IT
SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO BE CONCLUSIVE ADVICE ON THE TAX, SECURITIES OR OTHER
LEGAL EFFECTS OF THE DEBTORS' REORGANIZATION ON HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AGAINST OR
INTERESTS IN THE DEBTORS.
B. Right to Vote on the Plan
Pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, only holders of
allowed claims or equity interests in classes of claims or equity interests that
are impaired under the terms and provisions of a chapter 11 plan are entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan. Holders of allowed claims or equity interests
in classes of claims or equity interests that are unimpaired under the terms and
provisions of a chapter 11 plan are conclusively presumed to have accepted the
plan and therefore are not entitled to vote on such a plan. The Debtors believe
that Classes 1, 2, 3, 5B and 7 are unimpaired, are conclusively presumed to have
accepted the Plan, and therefore do not have the
11
<PAGE>
right to vote on the Plan.
Holders of Claims in Class 4 (Senior Note Claims) and Class 5A
(Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claims) and holders of Interests in Class 6
(Trust Preferred Securities) and Class 8 (HMI Common Stock Interests) are
impaired and therefore are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
Holders of Interests in Class 9 (HMI Options) do not receive any distributions
under the Plan and the holders of those Interests are conclusively presumed to
have rejected the Plan. Therefore, the Debtors are soliciting acceptances only
from the holders of Allowed Claims in Class 4 (Senior Note Claims) and Class 5A
(Convertible Subordinated Debentures) and Allowed Interests in Class 6 (Trust
Preferred Securities) and Class 8 (HMI Common Stock Interests).
The Bankruptcy Code defines "acceptance" of a plan by a class of claims
as acceptance by creditors in that class that hold at least two-thirds in dollar
amount and more than one-half in number of the claims that cast ballots for
acceptance or rejection of the plan. The Bankruptcy Code defines "acceptance" of
a plan by a class of equity interests as acceptance by equity interest holders
in that class that hold at least two-thirds in amount of the allowed interests
that cast ballots for acceptance or rejection of the plan. For a complete
description of the requirements for confirmation of the Plan, see Section VI,
"Confirmation and Consummation Procedure."
If a class of claims or equity interests rejects the Plan or is deemed
to reject the Plan, the Debtors have the right, and reserve the right, to
request confirmation of the Plan pursuant to Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy
Code. Section 1129(b) permits the confirmation of a plan notwithstanding the
nonacceptance of such plan by one or more impaired classes of claims or equity
interests if the proponent thereof complies with the provisions of that Section.
Under that Section, a plan may be confirmed by a bankruptcy court if it does not
"discriminate unfairly" and is "fair and equitable" with respect to each
nonaccepting class. For a more detailed description of the requirements for
confirmation of a nonconsensual plan, see Section VI.C.2, "Confirmation and
Consummation Procedure, Unfair Discrimination and Fair and Equitable Tests."
The Debtors believe that (i) through the Plan, holders of Claims
against and Interests in Hvide will obtain a substantially greater recovery from
the Debtors' estates than the recovery that would be available if the assets of
the Debtors were liquidated under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code and (ii) the
Plan will afford Hvide the opportunity and ability to continue in business as a
viable going concern and preserve ongoing employment for Hvide's employees.
After carefully reviewing this Disclosure Statement, including the
Exhibits, each holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest that is entitled
to vote on the Plan should vote on the Plan.
THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN IS IN THE BEST
INTERESTS OF THE DEBTORS, THEIR CREDITORS AND EQUITY SECURITY HOLDERS AND URGE
THAT CREDITORS AND EQUITY SECURITY HOLDERS VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN.
12
<PAGE>
C. Voting Instructions
If you are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, a Ballot is
enclosed for the purpose of voting on the Plan. If you hold a Claim or Interest
in more than one Class and you are entitled to vote Claims or Interests in more
than one Class, you will receive separate Ballots that must be used for each
separate Class of Claims or Interests. Please vote and return your Ballot(s).
Your Ballot must be delivered either by mail or personal delivery, as follows:
1. If you received a Ballot from a broker, bank or other
institution, return the completed Ballot to such broker, bank
or institution promptly so that it can be forwarded to
[___________] by November __, 1999.
2. If you received a Ballot from the Debtors, return the
completed Ballot
(i) if delivered by U.S. mail, to:
[ ]
(ii) or, if delivered by hand or overnight delivery, to:
[ ]
DO NOT SURRENDER SENIOR NOTES, TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES OR HMI
COMMON STOCK CERTIFICATES AT THIS TIME OR RETURN THEM WITH YOUR
BALLOT. BALLOTS SENT BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION ARE NOT ALLOWED
AND WILL NOT BE COUNTED. BALLOTS THAT ARE NOT CORRECTLY
COMPLETED WILL NOT BE COUNTED.
TO BE COUNTED, YOUR BALLOT INDICATING ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF
THE PLAN MUST BE RECEIVED NO LATER THAN 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD
TIME ON NOVEMBER __, 1999.
If you are a creditor or equity security holder entitled to vote on the
Plan and did not receive a Ballot, received a damaged Ballot or lost your
Ballot, or if you have any questions concerning the Disclosure Statement, the
Plan or the procedures for voting on the Plan, please call
[-----------------------].
D. Confirmation Hearing
Pursuant to Section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Confirmation
Hearing will be held on December 1, 1999 at 11:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time
before the Honorable Peter J. Walsh, United States Bankruptcy Judge, at the
United States Bankruptcy Court, 824 Market Street, 6th Floor, Wilmington,
Delaware 19801. The Bankruptcy Court has directed that objections, if any, to
confirmation of the Plan be served and filed so that they are received on or
before November __,
13
<PAGE>
1999, Eastern Standard Time, in the manner described below in Section VI.B,
"Confirmation and Consummation Procedure, The Confirmation Hearing." Objections
to confirmation of the Plan are governed by Bankruptcy Rule 9014. Any objection
to confirmation must be made in writing and specify in detail the name and
address of the objector, all grounds for the objection and the amount of the
Claim or number and class of shares of stock held by the objector. Any such
objection must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served so that it is
received by the Bankruptcy Court and the following parties on or before November
__, 1999 at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time:
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED
2200 Eller Drive
P.O. Box 13038
Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33316
Attn: Robert B. Lamm, Esq.
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036-7798
Attn: Robert J. Feinstein, Esq.
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession
Rodney Square North, 11th Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, DE 19899-0391
Attn: Laura Davis Jones, Esq.
MILBANK, TWEED, HADLEY & McCLOY LLP
Co-Counsel for the Creditors' Committee
One Chase Manhattan Plaza
New York, NY 10005-1413
Attn: Luc A. Despins, Esq.
Dennis F. Dunne, Esq.
ASHBY & GEDDES
Co-Counsel for the Creditors' Committee
One Rodney Square
P.O. Box 1150
Wilmington, DE 19899
Attn: William P. Bowden, Esq.
The Confirmation Hearing may be adjourned from time to time by the
Bankruptcy Court without further notice except for the announcement of the
adjournment date made at the Confirmation Hearing or at any subsequent adjourned
Confirmation Hearing.
14
<PAGE>
II. OVERVIEW OF THE PLAN
The following is a brief summary of the material provisions of the
Plan. This overview is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions
of the Plan, a copy of which is annexed hereto as Exhibit A, and the more
detailed financial and other information contained elsewhere in this Disclosure
Statement and in the Exhibits hereto. In addition, for a more detailed
description of the terms and provisions of the Plan, see Section V, "The Plan of
Reorganization."
A. Classification and Treatment of All Claims and Interests
Under the Plan
The Plan designates 5 Classes of Claims and 4 Classes of Interests.
These Classes take into account the differing nature and priority under the
Bankruptcy Code of the various Claims and Interests.
The following table sets forth the classification and treatment of all
Claims and Interests under the Plan and the consideration distributable to such
Claims and Interests under the Plan. The information set forth in the following
table is for convenient reference only, and each holder of a Claim or Interest
should refer to the Plan for a full understanding of the classification and
treatment of Claims and Interests provided for under the Plan. The Claim
reconciliation procedure is an ongoing process and the actual amount of Allowed
Claims may vary from the estimates.
15
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT
OF ALL CLAIMS AND INTERESTS UNDER THE PLAN3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimate of Total
Amount of Claims
Class in Class Treatment
<S> <C> <C>
Administrative Expense Claims $270,000,000 Unimpaired; paid in full in Cash on the
(including total obligations of Effective Date, or in accordance with the terms
approximately $266.8 million and conditions of transactions or agreements
projected to be owed under DIP relating to obligations incurred in the ordinary
Facility) course of business during the pendency of the
Chapter 11 Case or assumed by the Debtors in
Possession.
Priority Tax Claims $0 Unimpaired; at the option of Reorganized
Hvide either paid in full in Cash on the
Effective Date, or paid over a six-year period
from the date of assessment as provided in
Section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code
with interest payable at the rate of 5% per
annum or as otherwise established by the
Bankruptcy Court.
Class 1 $0 Unimpaired; paid in full in Cash on the
Other Priority Effective Date.
Claims
Class 2 $90,700,692 Unimpaired; Reinstated.
Secured Claims, including MARAD
Claims, Capital Lease Claims and
Other Secured Claims
Class 3 General Unsecured $45,000,000 Unimpaired; paid in full on the Effective Date
Claims, including Trade Claims or Reinstated.
Class 4 $314,167,678 Impaired; each Holder will receive a Pro Rata
Senior Note Claims plus interest Share of 9,800,000 shares of New HMI
Common Stock, which represent 98% of the shares
of Reorganized HMI to be outstanding on
the Effective Date.
Class 5 $200,000,000 Unimpaired and reinstated, except for the Class
Intercompany Claims 5A Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claim
(including Convertible Subordinated of Hvide Capital Trust, which is impaired and
Debenture Claims of $120,170,000) will receive $1,000; the Convertible
Subordinated Debenture will be cancelled.
</TABLE>
- --------
3 This table is only a summary of the classification and treatment of Claims
and Interests under the Plan. Information as to prepetition Claims is given
as of the Commencement Date. Reference is made to the entire Disclosure
Statement and the Plan for a complete description of the classification and
treatment of Claims and Interests.
16
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimate of Total
Amount of Claims
Class in Class Treatment
<S> <C> <C>
Class 6 2,300,000 shares Impaired; each holder of shares of Trust
Trust Preferred Securities outstanding Preferred Securities will receive its Pro Rata
share of (i) 200,000 shares of New HMI Common
Stock, which represent 2% of the shares of
Reorganized HMI to be outstanding on the Effective
Date; and (ii) Class A Warrants to purchase
125,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock on certain
terms.
Class 7 Various Unimpaired.
Common Stock Interests in Subsidiary
Debtors
Class 8 13,876,829 Class Impaired; each holder of HMI Common Stock
HMI Common Stock A shares and will receive its Pro Rata share of Class A
1,677,590 Class B Warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of New
shares outstanding HMI Common Stock on certain terms.
Class 9 Outstanding Impaired; on the Effective Date, all HMI
HMI Options options to Options will be cancelled.
purchase
1,231,773 shares
of Class A
Common Stock
</TABLE>
For a more detailed explanation of the time and manner of distributions
under the Plan, see Section V.B.5, "The Plan of Reorganization, Time and Method
of Distributions Under the Plan."
17
<PAGE>
B. Ownership of New HMI
Common Stock; Dilution
The following tables summarize the approximate percentage ownership
interest of New HMI Common Stock on the Effective Date. Figures are approximate;
actual figures may vary due to rounding and other factors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Common Stock Percentage Ownership
<S> <C> <C>
Existing Senior Noteholders 9,800,000 98%
Existing Trust Preferred Securities Holders 200,000 2%
10,000,000 100.0%
</TABLE>
The foregoing ownership percentages are subject to dilution as a result
of the exercise of Class A Warrants issued under the Plan and the issuance of
shares, after consummation of the Plan, to Reorganized HMI management pursuant
to Reorganized HMI's New Long-Term Incentive Plan.
C. Recommendation With Respect to The Plan
THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT THE PLAN PROVIDES THE GREATEST AND EARLIEST POSSIBLE
RECOVERIES TO HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS, AND THAT ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN
IS IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS.
III. SUMMARY OF BUSINESS, PROPERTIES AND OTHER
INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO THE DEBTORS
A. Description of the Company and its Business
Hvide is one of the world's leading providers of marine support and
transportation services, primarily serving the energy and chemical industries.
The Company has been an active consolidator in each of the markets in which it
operates, increasing its fleet from 23 vessels in 1993 to 276 vessels currently.
As a result, the Company is the third largest operator of offshore energy
support vessels in the Gulf of Mexico, the largest operator of such vessels in
the Arabian Gulf and a leading operator of such vessels offshore West Africa and
Southeast Asia. In addition, the Company is the sole provider of commercial tug
services at Port Everglades and Port Canaveral, Florida, the primary provider of
such services in Tampa, Florida and a leading provider of such services in
Mobile, Alabama, Lake Charles, Louisiana, and Port Arthur, Texas. The Company
also provides marine transportation services, principally for specialty
chemicals and petroleum products in the U.S. domestic trade, a market largely
insulated from international competition under the Jones Act.
During 1997 and 1998, the Company completed acquisitions that
substantially expanded its offshore energy support operations into several new
international markets, increased its deepwater
18
<PAGE>
energy support capability and increased its domestic offshore and harbor towing
and petroleum product transportation operations. These acquisitions included the
1997 acquisitions of 79 offshore energy support vessels operating primarily in
the Arabian Gulf, the February 1998 acquisition of 37 offshore energy support
vessels operating primarily offshore West Africa and Southeast Asia, and the
March 1998 acquisition of two petroleum product carriers and seven harbor tugs
operating in Port Arthur, Texas and Lake Charles, Louisiana. During the balance
of 1998 and early 1999, the Company's fleet grew through the delivery of 13
vessels (consisting of four tugs, four supply boats, two crew boats, two ship
docking modules, or SDMs(R), and one barge). In addition, the Company has a
50.75% interest in five new double-hull carriers delivered in 1998 and 1999.
The following table summarizes information concerning the vessels
currently comprising the Company's fleet.
Vessels
in
Fleet
Marine Support Services
Domestic Offshore Energy Support
Supply Boats 25
Crew/Utility Boats 39
Geophysical Boats 3
-----
Total Domestic Offshore Energy Support 67
International Offshore Energy Support
Anchor Handling Tug/Supply Vessels 40
Anchor Handling Tugs 30
Supply Boats 17
Crew/Utility Boats 35
Specialty Units 11
-----
Total International Offshore
Energy Support 133
Offshore and Harbor Towing
Tugs 37
-----
Total Marine Support Services 237
-----
Marine Transportation Services
Chemical/Petroleum Product Carriers 13
Fuel Barges 17
Towboats 9
-----
Total Marine Transportation Services 39
-----
Total Vessels 276
=====
B. Industry Segments
Marine Support Services
Offshore Energy Support. The Company has provided services to the oil
and gas drilling industry since 1989, when it acquired its first eight offshore
supply boats. In a series of acquisitions and new buildings, the Company
expanded its offshore energy support fleet to 200 vessels currently.
19
<PAGE>
Until mid-1997, the Company primarily served exploration and production
operations in the Gulf of Mexico, operating from facilities in Lafayette,
Louisiana. At that time, the Company began the substantial expansion of its
international offshore energy support fleet. In addition, in response to
deteriorating market conditions in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico in 1998, the Company
redeployed certain of its vessels from the Gulf to international markets. The
primary international markets currently served by the Company are the Arabian
Gulf and adjacent areas, West Africa, Southeast Asia and Mexico. The Company
also operates offshore energy support vessels in other regions, including the
North Sea and South America. The Company's operations in the Arabian Gulf and
adjacent areas are directed from its facilities in Dubai, United Arab Emirates;
operations offshore West Africa, and certain other international areas, are
directed from the Company's facilities in Lausanne, Switzerland; operations in
Southeast Asia are directed from its facilities in Singapore; and operations in
Mexico are directed from the Company's offices in Lafayette, Louisiana and
Tampa, Florida. In addition, the Company has sales offices and/or maintenance
and other facilities in many of the countries where its offshore energy support
vessels operate. Of the Company's offshore energy support vessels, 82 are
currently located in the Arabian Gulf and adjacent areas, 59 in the U.S. Gulf of
Mexico, 28 in West Africa, 17 in Southeast Asia, eight in Mexico and six in
other areas of the world.
Offshore and Harbor Towing. The harbor tugs owned or operated by the
Company serve Port Everglades, Tampa and Port Canaveral, Florida, Mobile,
Alabama, Port Arthur, Texas and Lake Charles, Louisiana, where they primarily
assist product carriers, barges, other cargo vessels and cruise ships in docking
and undocking and in proceeding in ports and harbors. The Company also operates
eight tugs with offshore towing capabilities that conduct a variety of offshore
towing services in the Gulf of Mexico and the Atlantic Ocean. In addition, the
Company has completed the construction of three SDMs(TM) to augment the
Company's harbor towing operations.
Port Everglades. Port Everglades has the second largest petroleum
non-refining storage and distribution center in the United States, providing
substantially all of the petroleum products for south Florida. Since 1958, when
the Company's tug operations commenced, the Company has enjoyed a franchise as
the sole provider of docking services in the port. The franchise specifies,
among other things, that three tugs serving the Port be less than 90 feet in
length, because of the narrowness of slips in the port, and that tugs have
firefighting capability. The franchise is not exclusive; consequently, another
operator could be granted an additional franchise. The current franchise expires
in 2007, and there can be no assurance that it will be renewed. The Company
currently operates five tugs in Port Everglades and is the port's sole provider
of harbor towing services.
Tampa. The Company expanded its harbor towing services to Tampa,
Florida with an October 1997 acquisition. Because the port is comprised of three
"sub-ports" (including Port Manatee) and a distant sea-buoy, a greater number of
tugs are required to be a competitive operator in Tampa than in other ports of
similar size. The Company currently operates 11 tugs, including five tractor
tugs, in the port (including Port Manatee) and is Tampa's primary provider of
harbor towing services.
Port Canaveral. In Port Canaveral, Florida, like Port Everglades, the
Company has the sole franchise to provide harbor docking services. At Port
Canaveral, the smallest of the Company's harbor tug operations, the Company
provides docking and undocking services for commercial cargo vessels
20
<PAGE>
serving central Florida and for cruise ships visiting the Disney World/Kennedy
Space Center attractions. The Company's franchise is a month-to-month
arrangement and, although there can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to retain its franchise in Port Canaveral, there has been no challenge to
the franchise since 1984. The Company currently operates three tugs in Port
Canaveral and is the Port's sole provider of harbor towing services.
Mobile. At this port, the Company provides docking and undocking
services, primarily for commercial cargo vessels, including vessels transporting
coal and other bulk exports. The Company believes that it provides from 40% to
50% of the harbor tug business in this port. The Company currently operates
three tugs in Mobile.
Port Arthur and Lake Charles. In March 1998, the Company completed the
acquisition of seven harbor tugs. Currently, four of these tugs serve Port
Arthur, Texas, two serve Lake Charles, Louisiana and one serves both harbors.
Each of these ports has a competing provider of harbor tug services.
Other. The Company owns eight tugs with offshore towing capability, of
which two are laid up and six are performing such services in the Gulf of Mexico
and in the Atlantic Ocean off the east coast of the United States.
SDMs (TM). The Company accepted delivery of its first SDM(TM) in
November 1997, and two additional SDMs (TM) were delivered in 1998. Although two
are scheduled to be delivered in 1999 and one in 2000, the Company plans to
cancel the construction and/or dispose of the SDMs(TM)currently under
construction. SDMs (TM) are innovative ship docking vessels that are designed to
be more maneuverable, efficient and flexible than harbor tugs. In addition, they
have lower operating costs than harbor tugs because they require fewer
crewmembers. Company personnel, working in conjunction with consulting marine
engineers and architects, prepared the conceptual design and detailed
specifications for the SDM(TM). The Company has been awarded a patent on the
design.
Marine Transportation Services
Chemical Transportation. The Company's chemical carriers are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Tonnage (in
Vessel Name Capacity (in barrels) deadweight tons or "dwt")
<S> <C> <C>
Seabulk Magnachem 298,000 39,300
Seabulk America 297,000 46,300
HMI Petrochem 360,000 49,900
HMI Dynachem 360,000 49,900
HMI Astrachem 260,000 37,100
HMI Ambrose Channel 341,000 45,000
HMI Brenton Reef 341,000 45,000
</TABLE>
The Company operates the Seabulk Magnachem under a long-term bareboat
charter expiring in February 2002. The Company owns a 67% economic interest in
the Seabulk America; the remaining 33% interest is owned by Stolt Tankers
(U.S.A.), Inc. The Company has a 50.75% equity interest in the
21
<PAGE>
HMI Ambrose Channel and the HMI Brenton Reef. See "--New Carriers."
The Seabulk Magnachem, the Seabulk America, the HMI Dynachem and the
HMI Petrochem have full double bottoms (as distinct from double hulls), and the
HMI Astrachem has a partial double bottom. Double bottoms provide increased
protection over single-hull vessels in the event of a spill. Delivered in 1977,
the Seabulk Magnachem is a CATUG (or catamaran tug) integrated tug and barge, or
"ITB," which has a higher level of dependability, propulsion efficiency and
performance than an ordinary tug and barge. Delivered in 1990, the Seabulk
America is the only vessel in the U.S. domestic trade capable of carrying large
cargoes of acid, as a result of its large high-grade alloy stainless steel
tanks, and the only such vessel strengthened to carry relatively heavy cargoes
such as phosphoric and other acids. The Seabulk America's stainless steel tanks
were constructed without internal structure, which greatly reduces cargo residue
from transportation and results in less cargo degradation. Stainless steel
tanks, unlike epoxy-coated tanks, also do not require periodic sandblasting and
recoating. The Seabulk America was one of the first U.S.-flag carriers to be
equipped with state-of-the-art-integrated navigation, cargo control monitoring
and automated engine room equipment. The HMI Ambrose Channel and HMI Brenton
Reef are two of the double-hull carriers described below under "--New Carriers."
All of the Company's chemical carriers have from 13 to 24 cargo
segregations that are configured, strengthened and coated to handle various
sized parcels of a wide variety of industrial chemical and petroleum products,
giving them the ability to handle a broader range of chemicals than
chemical-capable product carriers. Many of the chemicals transported by the
Company are hazardous substances. Voyages are currently generally conducted from
the Houston and Corpus Christi, Texas, and Lake Charles, Louisiana areas to such
ports as New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, Wilmington, North Carolina,
Charleston, South Carolina, Los Angeles, San Francisco and Kalama, Washington.
The Company's chemical carriers are also suitable for transporting other
cargoes, including grain.
Pursuant to the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 ("OPA 90"), the Seabulk
America, the HMI Dynachem, the HMI Petrochem and the Seabulk Magnachem, which
were built with full double bottoms but not double sides, cannot be used to
transport petroleum and petroleum products in U.S. commerce after 2015, 2011,
2011 and 2007, respectively. The HMI Astrachem, which has a partial double
bottom, cannot be so used after 2000, and the Company intends to retire this
vessel in 1999. The other vessels may be permitted to continue to carry certain
chemicals in U.S. commerce.
The Company markets its chemical carriers through its wholly owned
subsidiary, Ocean Specialty Tankers Corporation ("OSTC"). The Company believes
that the total capacity of these carriers represents a substantial portion of
the capacity of the domestic specialty chemical carrier fleet, and that these
chemical carriers (other than the HMI Astrachem) are among the last
independently owned carriers scheduled to be retired under OPA 90.
OSTC books cargoes either on a spot (movement-by-movement) or time
basis. Approximately 75% of contracts for cargo are committed on a 12- to
30-month basis, with minimum and maximum cargo tonnages specified over the
period at fixed or escalating rates per ton. The HMI Astrachem and HMI Dynachem
were chartered to major oil companies under charters that expired in July 1999
and
22
<PAGE>
August 1999, respectively. The Company intends to enter into a new contract of
affreightment or time charter to market the HMI Dynachem. As noted above, the
Company intends to retire the HMI Astrachem in 1999. OSTC is often able to
generate additional revenues by chartering cargo space on competitors' vessels
and by expanding the carriers' backhaul (return voyage) opportunities.
Petroleum Product Transportation
Seabulk Challenger. The Company's 320,000-barrel, 39,300 dwt CATUG ITB
Seabulk Challenger has been engaged in the transportation of fuel and other
petroleum products from refineries on the U.S. Gulf Coast to tank farms and
industrial sites on the U.S. East Coast. From the time it entered service in
1975 to November 1998, the Seabulk Challenger derived all of its revenue from
successive voyage and time charters to Shell Oil Company. The charter was
terminated in November 1998. The Seabulk Challenger subsequently operated under
short-term arrangements until September 1999. At that time, the Company entered
into agreements under which, subject to Bankruptcy Court approval, the Seabulk
Challenger will be sold for scrap and the proceeds from such sale, together with
approximately $275,000 of Company funds, will be remitted to the
leaseholder/owner.
1998 Acquisitions. In March 1998, the Company completed the acquisition
of a 36,600 dwt petroleum product carrier (the HMI Defender) and a 32,200 dwt
petroleum product carrier (the HMI Trader). Both vessels operate under a
contract of affreightment with an oil company expiring in December 1999.
Pursuant to OPA 90, the HMI Trader and the HMI Defender cannot be used to
transport petroleum and petroleum products in U.S. commerce after 2000 and 2008,
respectively.
All of the Company's petroleum product carriers are marketed through
OSTC.
New Carriers. The Company currently has a 50.75% equity interest in
five double-hull carriers intended to serve the market now served by single-hull
carriers whose retirement is mandated by OPA 90. Three petroleum product
carriers (the HMI Lookout Shoals, the HMI Nantucket Shoals and the HMI Diamond
Shoals) were delivered in the fourth quarter of 1998; one chemical carrier (the
HMI Ambrose Channel) was delivered in the first quarter of 1999; and an
additional chemical carrier (the HMI Brenton Reef) was delivered in June 1999.
Each of the carriers is approximately 46,000 dwt and can carry approximately
340,000 barrels of cargo. The carriers' operations are managed by the Company
(through OSTC). One of the carriers is currently on charter, making weekly
transits between Louisiana and Port Everglades, Florida; the charter expires in
October 2000. The other carriers delivered to date are currently operating under
short-term arrangements in the U.S. domestic trade.
The aggregate cost of the carriers was approximately $280.0 million, of
which $230.0 million has been financed with the proceeds of
government-guaranteed Title XI ship financing bonds.
The Company has an option, exercisable through year-end 1999, to
acquire up to an additional 25% interest in these carriers at a cost of
approximately $7.5 million. If the Company exercises this option, it will have
an additional option, exercisable through year-end 2000, to acquire the
remaining interest in the carriers at a cost of approximately $9.0 million. If
the Company exercises the first option
23
<PAGE>
(but not the second), from year-end 2000 to year-end 2003, the Company has a
right of first refusal to purchase the remaining interest for approximately $9.0
million plus interest accrued from year-end 2000. The Company has not yet
determined whether or to what extent it will exercise either option or such
right; however, the Company plans to dispose of a portion of its interest in the
carriers so as to reduce its aggregate interest to less than 50%. No assurance
can be given as to whether or when the Company will consummate such disposition
or as to the terms of such disposition.
Sun State. The Company acquired Sun State Marine Services, Inc. ("Sun
State") in 1994. Sun State currently owns and operates an energy transportation
fleet of nine towboats and 17 fuel barges, all of which are engaged in fuel
transportation along the Atlantic intracoastal waterway and the St. Johns River
in Florida.
A majority of Sun State's revenue through the third quarter of 1998 was
derived from a fuel transportation contract with FPL. The remainder of its
revenue was derived from fuel transportation contracts with other customers,
spot towing jobs, and its marine maintenance, repair and drydocking facility.
Under its contract with FPL, which expired in September 1998, Sun State
transported fuel oil from Port Canaveral and Jacksonville to certain FPL
electric power generating facilities at specified rates (a combination of per
diem and variable rates based upon barrels transported), with an escalation
provision; the contract also had a specified guaranteed minimum utilization
provision. Subsequent to the expiration of the contract with FPL, Sun State has
entered into a new contract to provide similar types of services to FPL at
similar rates. However, the new contract does not include a guaranteed minimum
utilization, and the amount of the services provided under the new contract are
substantially less than under the prior contract.
OPA 90 requires all single-hull barges, including those owned by Sun
State, to discontinue transporting fuel and other petroleum products in 2015.
The Company has recently constructed two double-hull barges at a cost of $1.0
million each and previously purchased four additional double-hull barges for an
aggregate of $2.4 million (exclusive of refurbishment costs aggregating
approximately $207,000).
Other Services
Through Sun State, the Company owns a small marine maintenance, repair
and drydocking facility in Green Cove Springs, Florida, which is engaged
principally in the maintenance of tugs and barges, offshore support vessels and
other small vessels. The lease for the facility, including optional renewals,
expires in 2005. This facility is capable of drydocking vessels up to 300 feet
in length for repair and can make dockside repairs on vessels up to 320 feet in
length. Since 1994, the Green Cove Springs facility has been utilized to
overhaul or rebuild a number of the Company's harbor tugs and offshore energy
support vessels. The facility (originally a U.S. government naval repair and
operations station) has covered steel fabrication facilities, workshops and
office spaces adjacent to a 1,840-foot finger pier and mooring basins, where the
facility's three floating drydocks are located. The drydocks are 60, 80 and 108
feet in length, and are capable of lifting 300, 200 and 700 tons, respectively.
The 60- and 108-foot drydocks are capable of being joined together for lifting a
vessel or barge with a nominal capacity of 1,000 long tons. Sun State also
maintains another yard, primarily for use in new
24
<PAGE>
construction projects and vessels requiring long-term repairs. The yard has a
marine railway capable of lifting and launching vessels weighing up to 600 tons,
and a 600-foot finger pier with adjacent covered steel fabrication facilities,
workshops and office space.
The Company also owns a 40-acre facility in Port Arthur, Texas that
serves as a storage and supply base and a facility for topside repairs. This
facility has 1200 feet of dock space and is suitable for development as a
shipyard.
Customers and Charter Terms
The Company offers its offshore energy support services primarily to
oil companies and large drilling companies. Consistent with industry practice,
the Company's Gulf of Mexico operations are conducted primarily in the "term"
market pursuant to short-term (less than six months) charters at varying day
rates. Generally, such short-term charters can be terminated by either the
Company or its customer upon notice of five days or less. Charters in the
international markets served by the Company have terms ranging from a few days
to several years.
The Company offers its offshore and harbor towing services to vessel
owners and operators and their agents. The Company's rates for harbor towing
services are set forth in the Company's published tariffs and may be modified by
the Company at any time, subject to competitive factors. The Company also grants
volume discounts to major users of harbor services. Offshore towing services are
priced based upon the service required on an ad hoc basis.
The primary purchasers of chemical transportation services are chemical
and oil companies. The primary purchasers of petroleum product transportation
services are utilities, oil companies and large industrial consumers of fuel
with waterfront facilities. Both services are generally contracted for on the
basis of short- or long-term time charters, voyage charters, contracts of
affreightment or other transportation agreements tailored to the shipper's
requirements. CITGO is currently the Company's largest single customer, with a
contract of affreightment for both the HMI Defender and the HMI Trader. In
addition, Chevron Corporation is a purchaser of the Company's offshore energy
support and chemical transportation services, and each of Phillips Petroleum
Company and Amoco Corporation currently charter one of the Company's chemical
carriers.
C. Competition
The Company operates in a highly competitive environment in all its
operations. Recent adverse publicity concerning the Company's financial
condition has harmed its ability to attract new customers and its ability to
maintain favorable relationships with its existing customers and suppliers. The
principal competitive factors in each of the markets in which the Company
operates are suitability of equipment, personnel, price, service and reputation.
Competitive factors in the offshore energy support segment also include
operating conditions and intended vessel use (both of which determine the
suitability of vessel type), the complexity of maintaining logistical support
and the cost of transferring equipment from one market to another. The Company's
vessels that provide marine transportation services compete with both other
vessel operators and, in some areas and markets, with alternative
25
<PAGE>
modes of transportation, such as pipelines, rail tank cars and tank trucks.
Moreover, the users of such services are placing increased emphasis on safety,
the environment and quality, partly due to heightened liability for the cargo
owner in addition to the vessel owner/operator under OPA 90. With respect to
towing services, the Company's vessels compete not only with other providers of
tug services, but with the providers of tug services in nearby ports. Many of
the companies with which the Company competes have substantially greater
financial and other resources than the Company. Additional competitors may enter
the Company's markets in the future. Moreover, should U.S. coastwise laws be
repealed, foreign-built, foreign-manned and foreign-owned vessels could be
eligible to compete with the Company's vessels.
D. Environmental and Other Regulation
The Company's operations are subject to significant federal, state and
local regulation, the principal provisions of which are described below.
Environmental. The Company's operations are subject to federal, state
and local laws and regulations relating to safety and health and environmental
protection, including the generation, storage, handling, emission,
transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials. The
recent trend in environmental legislation and regulation is generally toward
stricter standards, and this trend will likely continue. The Company believes
that its operations currently are in substantial compliance with applicable
environmental regulations.
Governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with
applicable regulations, and violations are subject to fines, injunction or both.
The Company does not expect environmental compliance matters to have a material
adverse effect on its financial position. It is not anticipated that the Company
will be required in the near future to expend amounts that are material to the
financial condition or operations of the Company by reason of environmental laws
and regulations, but because such laws and regulations are frequently changed,
and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, the Company is unable to
predict the ultimate cost of complying with such laws and regulations.
OPA 90. OPA 90 established an extensive regulatory and liability regime
for the protection of the environment from oil spills. OPA 90 affects owners and
operators of facilities operating near navigable waters and owners and operators
of vessels operating in United States waters, which include the navigable waters
of the United States and the 200-mile exclusive economic zone of the United
States. Although it applies in general to all vessels, for purposes of its
liability limits and financial-responsibility and response-planning
requirements, OPA 90 differentiates between tank vessels (which include the
Company's chemical and petroleum products carriers and fuel barges) and "other
vessels" (which include the Company's tugs and offshore energy service vessels).
Under OPA 90, owners and operators of facilities, and owners, operators
and certain charterers of vessels, are "responsible parties" and are jointly,
severally and strictly liable for removal costs and damages arising from oil
spills relating to their facilities and vessels, unless the spill results solely
from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war.
Damages are defined broadly to include (i) natural resources damages and the
costs of assessment thereof; (ii) damages for injury to, or
26
<PAGE>
economic losses resulting from the destruction of, real and personal property;
(iii) the net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees and profits by the U.S.
government, a state or political subdivision thereof; (iv) lost profits or
impairment of earning capacity due to property or natural resources damage; (v)
the net costs of providing increased or additional public services necessitated
by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or other hazards; and
(vi) the loss of subsistence use of natural resources.
For facilities, the statutory liability of responsible parties is
limited to $350 million. For tank vessels, the statutory liability of
responsible parties is limited to the greater of $1,200 per gross ton or $10
million ($2 million for a vessel of 3,000 gross tons or less) per vessel; for
any "other vessel," such liability is limited to the greater of $600 per gross
ton or $500,000 per vessel. Such liability limits do not apply, however, to an
incident proximately caused by violation of federal safety, construction or
operating regulations or by the responsible party's gross negligence or willful
misconduct, or if the responsible party fails to report the incident or provide
reasonable cooperation and assistance as required by a responsible official in
connection with oil removal activities. Although the Company currently maintains
pollution liability insurance, a catastrophic spill could result in liability in
excess of available insurance coverage, resulting in a material adverse effect
on the Company.
Under OPA 90, with certain limited exceptions, all newly built or
converted oil tankers operating in United States waters must be built with
double hulls, and existing single-hull, double-side or double-bottom vessels
must be phased out at some point, depending upon their size, age and place of
discharge, between 1995 and 2015 unless retrofitted with double hulls. As a
result of this phase-out requirement, as interpreted by the U.S. Coast Guard,
the Company's single-hull chemical and petroleum product carriers will be
required to cease transporting petroleum products over the next 15 years, and
its "single-skinned" fuel barges will cease transporting fuel in 2015.
OPA 90 expanded pre-existing financial responsibility requirements and
requires vessel owners and operators to establish and maintain with the United
States Coast Guard evidence of insurance or qualification as a self-insurer or
other evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet their potential
liabilities under OPA 90. Coast Guard regulations require evidence of financial
responsibility demonstrated by insurance, surety bond, self-insurance or
guaranty. The regulations also implement the financial responsibility
requirements of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA"), which imposes liability for discharges of
hazardous substances such as chemicals, in an amount equal to $300 per gross
ton, thus increasing the overall amount of financial responsibility from $1,200
to $1,500 per gross ton. The Company has obtained "Certificates of Financial
Responsibility" pursuant to the Coast Guard regulations for its product and
chemical carriers through self-insurance and commercial insurance and as
guarantor for the fuel barges.
OPA 90 also amended the federal Water Pollution Control Act to require
the owner or operator of certain facilities or the owner or operator of a tank
vessel to prepare facility or vessel response plans and to contract with oil
spill removal organizations to remove to the maximum extent practicable a
worst-case discharge. The Company has complied with these requirements. As is
customary, the Company's oil spill response contracts are executory in nature
and are not activated unless required. Once activated, the Company's pollution
liability insurance covers the cost of spill removal subject to overall coverage
limitations and deductibles.
27
<PAGE>
OPA 90 does not prevent individual states from imposing their own
liability regimes with respect to oil pollution incidents occurring within their
boundaries, and many states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited
liability for oil spills. Some states have issued implementing regulations
addressing oil spill liability, financial responsibility and vessel and facility
response planning requirements. The Company does not anticipate that such
legislation or regulations will have any material impact on its operations.
In addition to OPA 90, the following are examples of environmental,
safety and health laws that relate to the Company's operations:
Water. The federal Water Pollution Control Act ("FWPCA") or Clean Water
Act ("CWA") imposes restrictions and strict controls on the discharge of
pollutants into navigable waters. Such discharges are typically authorized by
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System ("NPDES") permits. The FWPCA
provides for civil, criminal and administrative penalties for any unauthorized
discharges and imposes substantial potential liability for the costs of removal,
remediation and damages. State laws for the control of water pollution also
provide varying civil, criminal and administrative penalties and liabilities in
the case of a discharge of petroleum, its derivatives, hazardous substances,
wastes and pollutants into state waters. In addition, the Coastal Zone
Management Act authorizes state implementation and development of programs of
management measures for non-point source pollution to restore and protect
coastal waters.
The Company manages its exposure to losses from potential discharges of
pollutants through the use of well-maintained and well-managed facilities,
well-maintained and well-equipped vessels, safety and environmental programs and
its insurance program, and believes that it will be able to accommodate
reasonably foreseeable environmental regulatory changes. There can be no
assurance, however, that any new regulations or requirements or any discharge of
pollutants by the Company will not have an adverse effect on the Company.
Solid Waste. The Company's operations may generate and result in the
transportation, treatment and disposal of both hazardous and nonhazardous solid
wastes that are subject to the requirements of the federal Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act ("RCRA") and comparable state and local requirements. On August
8, 1998, the Environmental Protection Agency added four petroleum refining
wastes to the list of RCRA hazardous wastes.
Clean Air Regulations. The federal Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by
the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, requires the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency ("EPA") to promulgate standards applicable to the emission of volatile
organic compounds and other air pollutants. The Company's vessels are subject to
vapor control and recovery requirements when loading, unloading, ballasting,
cleaning and conducting other operations in certain ports. The Company's
chemical and petroleum product carriers are equipped with vapor control systems
that satisfy these requirements. The fuel barges are not equipped with, and are
not operated in areas that require, such systems. In addition, it is anticipated
that the EPA will issue regulations addressing air emission requirements
applicable to marine engines. Adoption of such standards could require
modifications to existing marine diesel engines in some cases.
28
<PAGE>
Coastwise Laws. A substantial portion of the Company's operations is
conducted in the U.S. domestic trade, which is governed by the coastwise laws of
the United States (principally, the Jones Act). The coastwise laws reserve
marine transportation (including harbor tug services) between points in the
United States (including drilling rigs fixed to the ocean floor on the U.S.
outer continental shelf) to vessels built in and documented under the laws of
the United States (U.S. flag) and owned and manned by U.S. citizens. Generally,
a corporation is deemed a citizen for these purposes so long as (i) it is
organized under the laws of the U.S. or a state, (ii) each of its president or
other chief executive officer and the chairman of its board of directors is a
citizen, (iii) no more than a minority of the number of its directors necessary
to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business are non-citizens, and
(iv) 75% of the interest and voting power in the corporation are held by
citizens. Because the Company would lose its privilege of operating its vessels
in the U.S. domestic trade if non-citizens were to own or control in excess of
25% of the Company's outstanding capital stock, the Company's existing Articles
of Incorporation contain restrictions concerning foreign ownership of its stock,
as will the new Certificate of Incorporation of Reorganized HMI. See Section
V.B.8., "Summary of Other Provisions of the Plan; New HMI Certificate of
Incorporation and By-laws." There have been repeated efforts aimed at repeal or
significant change of the Jones Act. Although the Company believes that it is
unlikely that the Jones Act will be substantially modified or repealed, there
can be no assurance that Congress will not substantially modify or repeal the
Jones Act. Such changes could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
operations and financial condition.
Occupational Health Regulations. The Company's facilities are subject
to occupational safety and health regulations issued by the U.S. Occupational
Safety and Health Administration ("OSHA") and/or comparable state programs. Such
regulations currently require the Company to maintain a workplace free of
recognized hazards, observe safety and health regulations, maintain records and
keep employees informed of safety and health practices and duties. The Company's
vessel operations are also subject to occupational safety and health regulations
issued by the United States Coast Guard and, to an extent, OSHA. Such
regulations currently require the Company to perform monitoring, medical testing
and record keeping with respect to seamen engaged in the handling of the various
cargoes transported by the Company's chemical and petroleum products carriers.
Vessel Condition. The Company's chemical and petroleum products
carriers, offshore energy support vessels, certain of its tugs and its fuel
barges are subject to periodic inspection and survey by, and dry-docking and
maintenance requirements of, the Coast Guard and/or the American Bureau of
Shipping and/or other marine classification societies whose periodic
certification as to the construction and maintenance of certain vessels is
required in order to maintain insurance coverage. All of the Company's vessels
requiring certification to maintain insurance coverage are certified.
Oil Tanker Escort Requirements. Implementation of oil tanker escort
requirements of OPA 90 and pending state legislation are expected to introduce
certain performance or engineering standards on tugs to be employed as tanker
escorts. The Company believes its tractor tugs will be able to comply with any
existing or currently anticipated requirements for escort tugs. Adoption of such
new standards could require modification or refitting of the tugs currently
operated by the Company to the extent such tugs are employed as tanker escorts.
The Company does not anticipate OPA 90 or state requirements to require
modification of tugs, such as the Company's, involved in harbor tug operations.
29
<PAGE>
The Company believes that it is currently in compliance in all material
respects with the environmental and other laws and regulations, including health
and safety requirements, to which its operations are subject and is unaware of
any pending or threatened litigation or other judicial, administrative or
arbitration proceedings against it occasioned by any alleged non-compliance with
such laws or regulations. The risks of substantial costs, liabilities and
penalties are, however, inherent in marine operations, and there can be no
assurance that significant costs, liabilities or penalties will not be incurred
by or imposed on the Company in the future.
International Laws and Regulations. The Company's vessels that operate
internationally are subject to various international conventions, including
certain safety, environmental and construction standards. Among the more
significant of the conventions applicable to the fleet are: (i) the
International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, 1978
Protocol, (ii) the International Convention on the Safety of Life at Sea, 1978
Protocol, including the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of
Ships and for Pollution Prevention, which went into effect for tank vessels on
July 1, 1998, and (iii) the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995. These
regulations govern oil spills and other matters of environmental protection,
worker health and safety and the manning, construction and operation of vessels.
The Company believes that it presently is in material compliance with the
international environmental laws and regulations to which the Company's
operations are subject. In addition, the countries under which the vessels are
flagged require certain periodic inspections and drydock examinations.
Generally, surveys and inspections are performed by internationally recognized
classification societies. The vessels that operate internationally are
principally flagged in the Marshall Islands, Panama and St. Vincent and The
Grenadines. The Company is not a party to any pending environmental litigation
or proceeding, and is unaware of any threatened environmental litigation or
proceeding which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect
on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. The risks of
incurring substantial compliance costs and liabilities and penalties for
noncompliance, however, are inherent in offshore energy support operations.
There can be no assurance that significant costs, liabilities and penalties will
not be incurred by or imposed on the Company in the future.
E. Insurance
The Company's marine transportation services operations are subject to
the normal hazards associated with operating vessels carrying large volumes of
cargo and rendering services in a marine environment. These hazards include the
risk of loss of or damage to the Company's vessels, damage to third parties as a
result of collision, loss or contamination of cargo, personal injury of
employees, and pollution and other environmental damages. The Company maintains
insurance coverage against these hazards. Risk of loss of or damage to the
Company's vessels is insured through hull insurance policies in amounts that
approximate fair market value. Vessel operating liabilities, such as collision,
cargo, environmental and personal injury, are insured primarily through the
Company's participation in the Steamship Mutual Underwriting Association
(Bermuda Limited), a mutual insurance association. Because it maintains mutual
insurance, the Company is subject to funding requirements and coverage
shortfalls in the event claims exceed available funds and reinsurance and to
premium increases based on prior loss experience.
30
<PAGE>
F. Legal Proceedings
One of the Company's product carriers, the Seabulk America, is owned by
a limited partnership in which the Company is the general partner and owns the
majority equity interest and an unaffiliated limited partner owns the minority
equity interest. The vessel was subject to a mortgage collateralizing borrowings
under the Company's previous secured credit facility (the "Loan Agreement"), and
the limited partnership was one of the subsidiary guarantors that guaranteed
repayment of such borrowings and of the Senior Notes. In July 1999, the limited
partner commenced an arbitration proceeding against the Company, alleging that
the Company, as general partner, did not have authority to grant the mortgage or
the guarantee and seeking unspecified damages and removal of the Company as
general partner. The Company believes it had authority to grant the mortgage and
guarantee, that the limited partner has suffered no damages as a result of the
mortgage and guarantee, and that there are no valid grounds for the removal of
the Company as general partner. In addition, borrowings under the Loan Agreement
have been converted into a term loan under the DIP Credit Facility, under which
(1) the Seabulk America is no longer subject to a mortgage and (2) the limited
partnership is no longer a guarantor. Moreover, under the Plan, the Senior Notes
are to be converted into New HMI Common Stock and the related guarantee will be
satisfied. In view of these factors, the Company intends to defend the limited
partner's allegations and to oppose such relief.
From time to time the Company is also a party to litigation arising in
the ordinary course of its business, most of which is covered by insurance.
The arbitration proceeding referred to above, as well as all other
legal proceedings against the Company pending in the United States, have been
temporarily stayed pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code. See Section IV.A.,
"Significant Events During the Chapter 11 Cases - Continuation of Business; Stay
of Litigation," below.
G. Employees
As of September 15, 1999, the Company had approximately 2,500
employees. Management considers relations with employees to be satisfactory. The
Seabulk America, Seabulk Challenger, Seabulk Magnachem and HMI Trader are manned
by approximately 141 officers and crew who are subject to two collective
bargaining arrangements that expire on December 31, 1999 and 2001. In addition,
the HMI Dynachem, HMI Petrochem, HMI Astrachem, HMI Defender, four of the new
double-hull carriers and seven harbor tugs are manned by approximately 314
members of national maritime labor unions pursuant to an agreement between the
Company and a third-party employer that expires May 31, 2001. Management
believes that labor relations in the Company are generally satisfactory.
H. Properties
The Company's principal offices are located in Fort Lauderdale,
Florida, where the Company leases approximately 36,000 square feet of office and
shop space under a lease expiring in 2009. The Company also leases office and
other facilities in Lafayette, Louisiana; the United Arab Emirates;
31
<PAGE>
Lausanne, Switzerland; and Singapore. In addition, the Company leases sales
offices and/or maintenance and other facilities in many of the locations where
its vessels operate. The Company believes that its facilities are generally
adequate for current and anticipated future use, although the Company may from
time to time lease additional facilities as operations require.
32
<PAGE>
I. Selected Consolidated Financial Data
The selected consolidated financial data presented below should be read
in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto
included in HMI's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
1999 (Exhibit D) and its 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K (Exhibit C), especially
the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" included in those Reports.
The Company currently holds a 50.75% equity interest in companies that
own five recently delivered double-hull product carriers. As the Company intends
to reduce its equity interest in these carriers to less than 50%, this
investment has been considered temporary and has been accounted for under the
equity method, which means (among other things) that the related debt has not
been included on the Company's balance sheet. Because the Company has not yet
been able to reduce its equity interest to less than 50%, it may be required to
include this debt on its balance sheet at September 30, 1999 and to include the
related interest expense on its statement of operations. The data presented
below do not give effect to such consolidation. Accordingly, the Company's
financial condition at June 30, 1999 and its results for the six months then
ended are not indicative of its future financial position or results.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Six Months
Ended
Year Ended December 31, June 30,
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1998 1999
(dollars in thousands) (Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consolidated Statement
of Operations Data:
Revenue $ 49,792 $70,562 $109,356 $ 210,257 $ 401,906 $ 195,817 $160,529
Operating expenses 29,873 40,664 63,777 110,283 222,889 102,966 105,921
Overhead expenses 9,581 12,518 14,979 24,791 42,305 20,296 21,883
Depreciation and amortization 4,500 6,308 9,830 19,850 51,757 23,871 32,439
Income from operations 5,838 11,072 20,770 55,333 84,955 48,684 286
Interest expense, net 5,302 11,460 11,631 7,024 42,442 18,380 31,009
Other (expense) income 11 26 437 (3,704) (6,542) (3,440) (19,292)
Income (loss) before provision
for (benefit from) income
taxes, extraordinary item 547 (362) 9,576 44,605 35,971 26,864 (50,015)
Provision for (benefit from)
income taxes 189 (2) 3,543 16,950 13,489 10,208 (17,230)
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item 358 (360) 6,033 27,655 22,482 16,656 (32,785)
Extraordinary loss, net(1) -- -- 8,108 2,132 734 734 --
Net income (loss) $ 358 $ (360) $ (2,075) $ 25,523 $ 21,748 $ 15,922 $ (32,785)
Earnings (loss) per common share:
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item $ 0.03 $ (0.14) $ 1.05 $ 1.87 $ 1.47 $ 1.09 $ (2.12)
Net income (loss) $ 0.03 $ (0.14) $ (0.36) $ 1.73 $ 1.42 $ 1.04 $ (2.12)
Weighted average number of
common shares outstanding 5,302 2,535 5,763 14,785 15,324 15,299 15,461
Earnings (loss) per common
share--assuming dilution:
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item and
cumulative effect of
change in accounting
principle $ 0.03 $ (0.14) $ 0.99 $ 1.75 $ 1.39 $ 0.97 $ (2.12)
Net income (loss) $ 0.03 $ (0.14) $ (0.24) $ 1.63 $ 1.35 $ 0.93 $ (2.12)
Weighted average common and
common equivalent shares
outstanding--assuming
dilution(2) 5,302 2,535 6,590 17,120 19,451 19,503 15,461
</TABLE>
(Footnotes on following page)
33
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Other Financial Data:
EBITDA(3) $ 10,338 $17,380 $ 30,600 $ 75,183 $ 136,712 $ 72,555 $ 32,725
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(4) 1.08 -- 1.40 2.75 1.38 1.58 --
Ratio of EBITDA to interest
expense, net 1.95 1.52 2.63 10.70 3.22 3.95 1.06
Consolidated Statement of
Cash Flows Data:
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities $ 2,858 $ 3,948 $ 22,584 $ 40,042 $ 64,536 $ 25,946 $ 5,046
Investing activities (39,815) (8,066) (84,354) (261,343) (498,806) (407,907) (23,548)
Financing activities 41,249 805 68,337 226,636 428,495 389,659 22,572
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, June 30,
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999
(in thousands) (Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital (deficit) $ 7,793 $ 4,315 $ (8,704) $ 25,790 $(205,026)(5) $(188,332)(5)
Total assets 135,471 143,683 273,473 604,561 1,108,825 1,059,802
Total long-term obligations 98,981 100,766 124,454 217,217 408,819 400,156
Total debt 104,281 109,051 141,464 197,547 635,503 657,821
Convertible preferred securities
of a subsidiary trust -- -- -- 115,000 115,000 115,000
Stockholders' and minority partners'
equity 14,903 13,999 101,989 227,282 258,648 217,188
</TABLE>
(1) Reflects losses on the extinguishment of debt, net of applicable income
taxes of $1.5 million, $1.3 million, $413,000, and $413,000 for the
years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and the six months ended
June 30, 1998, respectively.
(2) For 1994, the weighted average number of common shares and common share
equivalents assume the conversion of the Class B Preferred Stock into
shares of Common Stock. The Class B Preferred Stock was redeemed on
September 30, 1994. Also, for 1994, shares outstanding assuming
dilution reflects the assumed conversion of a portion of certain notes
into shares of Common Stock. Such notes were issued in September 1994
and converted into shares of Common Stock in September 1996.
(3) EBITDA (net income from continuing operations before interest expense,
income tax expense, depreciation expense, amortization expense,
minority interests, and other non-operating income (expense)) is
frequently used by securities analysts and is presented here to provide
additional information about the Company's operations. EBITDA is not
recognized by generally accepted accounting principles, should not be
considered as an alternative to net income as an indicator of the
Company's operating performance or as an alternative to cash flows from
operations as a measure of liquidity, and does not represent funds
available for management's use. Further, the Company's EBITDA may not
be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
(4) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing (a) the
Company's pre-tax income from continuing operations adjusted for
minority interests, income or loss from equity investments and fixed
charges, less capitalized interest and preference security dividend
requirements, by (b) fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest
expensed and capitalized, preference security dividend requirements and
the interest component of rent expense. Earnings for the year ended
December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1999 were not able
to cover fixed charges by $499,000 and $56,907,000 respectively.
(5) Due to the Company's noncompliance with certain covenants under the
Loan Agreement, the entire balance outstanding under the Loan Agreement
at December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999 was subject to acceleration and
thus classified as a current liability on the Company's balance sheet.
34
<PAGE>
A complete discussion and analysis of the Company's financial condition
and historical results of operations is presented in HMI's Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999 (Exhibit D) and Annual Report on
Form 10-K (Exhibit C).
The financial information presented below represents historical results
for each of the Company's business segments. Such information does not give
effect to the possible consolidation, as of September 30, 1999, of the Company's
investment in five new double-hulled carriers, discussed above.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Six Months
Ended
Year ended December 31, June 30,
1996 1997 1998 1998 1999
(in thousands) (Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue:
Marine support services:
Offshore energy support $ 43,715 $111,385 $242,656 $123,909 $84,835
Offshore and harbor towing 13,950 20,424 46,368 21,291 22,768
57,665 131,809 289,024 145,200 107,603
Marine transportation services 51,691 78,448 112,882 50,617 52,926
Total revenue 109,356 210,257 401,906 195,817 160,529
Operating expenses:
Marine support services:
Offshore energy support 22,525 45,322 120,207 55,277 57,051
Offshore and harbor towing 7,480 12,296 22,556 11,041 11,387
30,005 57,618 142,763 66,318 68,438
Marine transportation services 33,772 52,665 80,126 36,649 37,483
Total operating expenses 63,777 110,283 222,889 102,966 105,921
Direct overhead expenses:
Marine support services:
Offshore energy support $ 2,558 $ 5,866 $ 14,707 $6,979 $ 8,517
Offshore and harbor towing 1,364 2,361 5,528 2,599 2,517
3,922 8,227 20,235 9,578 11,034
Marine transportation services 3,494 5,739 6,845 3,214 2,641
Total direct overhead 7,416 13,966 27,080 12,792 13,675
Fleet EBITDA(1):
Marine support services:
Offshore energy support 18,632 60,197 107,742 61,653 19,267
Offshore and harbor towing 5,106 5,767 18,284 7,651 8,864
23,738 65,964 126,026 69,304 28,131
Marine transportation services 14,425 20,044 25,911 10,754 12,802
Total fleet EBITDA 38,163 86,008 151,937 80,059 40,933
Corporate overhead expenses 7,563 10,825 15,225 7,504 8,208
EBITDA(1) 30,600 75,183 136,712 72,555 32,725
Depreciation and amortization
expenses 9,830 19,850 51,757 23,871 32,439
Income from operations $ 20,770 $ 55,333 $ 84,955 $48,684 $ 286
</TABLE>
35
<PAGE>
J. Events Leading to the Commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases
During 1997 and 1998, the Debtors completed a number of acquisitions
that substantially expanded their offshore energy support operations into
several new international markets, increased their deepwater energy support
capability and increased their domestic offshore and harbor towing and petroleum
product transportation operations. The acquisitions included the 1997
acquisitions of 79 offshore energy support vessels operating primarily in the
Arabian Gulf, the February 1998 acquisition of 37 offshore energy support
vessels operating primarily offshore West Africa and Southeast Asia, and the
March 1998 acquisition of two petroleum product carriers and seven harbor tugs
operating in Port Arthur, Texas and Lake Charles, Louisiana. During the balance
of 1998 and early 1999, the Debtors' fleet grew through the delivery of 13
vessels (consisting of four tugs, four supply boats, two crew boats, two
SDMs(TM) and one barge). In addition, the Debtors have a 50.75% interest in five
new double-hull carriers delivered in 1998 and 1999. In all, during 1998 and
through February 1999, 61 vessels were delivered to or acquired by the Company,
at a total cost of $405.4 million.
The Company's principal sources of cash to finance the expansion and
improvement of its fleet over the past several years have been bank borrowings,
cash provided by operations, and proceeds from public offerings of securities,
consisting of the initial public offering of Class A Common Stock in August
1996, a second offering of Class A Common Stock in February 1997, the offering
of the 6 1/2% Trust Preferred Securities in 1997, and the offering of the Senior
Notes in February 1998. The significant increase in the Company's indebtedness
incurred to finance these acquisitions placed great demands on the Company's
revenues at an inopportune time, in that market forces beyond the Company's
control brought about a precipitous decline in revenues in the past year.
The Company derives its revenues from the daily use of its vessels for
hire by its customers. Thus, revenue from the Company's operations is primarily
a function of the size of the Company's fleet, the rates paid for the use of the
vessels ("day rates") and fleet utilization (also called "utilization rates").
Rates and utilization are primarily a function of offshore oil and gas
exploration, development and production activities, which are in turn heavily
dependent upon the prevailing price of crude oil and natural gas. Beginning in
late 1997 and continuing through 1998 and the first half of 1999, crude oil
prices declined substantially, which resulted in a severe downturn in offshore
oil and gas exploration, development and production activities, and in turn, the
Company's offshore energy support operations. In 1998, the Company's total
revenues were approximately $402 million, and it generated earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") of approximately $137
million. As a result of the substantial decline in the Company's offshore energy
support operations, revenues and EBITDA declined precipitously in the latter
half of 1998 and the first half of 1999. Annual revenues for 1999 are projected
to be approximately $293.3 million, and annual EBITDA is projected to be
approximately $52 million.
As a result of this decline in revenues, the Company has experienced a
liquidity crisis in the past year. As of September 30, 1998, the Company was not
in compliance with certain financial covenants contained in the Loan Agreement
it entered into with a group of banks (the "Bank Group") in February 1998. The
Loan Agreement provided for (i) a $175.0 million revolving credit facility
maturing in 2003, and (ii) a $150.0 million term loan maturing in 2005, payable
in equal quarterly installments beginning in June 1998. The Loan Agreement
required the Company to maintain specified ratios relating to leverage, debt
36
<PAGE>
service and indebtedness. The Loan Agreement was amended as of September 30,
1998 to, among other things, modify those covenants and grant security interests
to the Bank Group in virtually all of the Company's assets. However, due to the
continuing decline in the Company's revenues, the Company was not in compliance
with the modified financial covenants at the end of the first quarter of 1999.
As a consequence, the Company's independent auditors issued a qualified report
accompanying the Company's annual financial statements for 1998 (issued at the
end of March 1999), stating that the Company's reduction in revenues and
noncompliance with the Loan Agreement covenants raised substantial doubt about
the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.
The Bank Group waived the Company's noncompliance with the covenants in
the Loan Agreement in a series of amendments from March through September 7,
1999. However, these amendments placed further financial burdens on the Company,
as the Bank Group increased the applicable rate of interest on Company
borrowings (eventually increasing the interest rate to 10.0% over the "base
rate" of Citibank, N.A., for a total annual interest rate of 18.25% at the
Commencement Date), and charged substantial waiver and other fees. The Company's
outstanding indebtedness under the Loan Agreement was $241.0 million at the
Commencement Date. In addition, the Company had contingent reimbursement
obligations under the Loan Agreement in respect of $3.2 million of outstanding
letters of credit.
In addition, an interest payment of approximately $12.5 million fell
due on the Senior Notes on August 16, 1999. The Company did not have sufficient
funds to make this payment.
The precipitous decline in Hvide's revenues in the past year imposed
hardships on all of Hvide's constituencies, including its many creditors and
shareholders and the 2,500 employees of Hvide. Management was forced to make
difficult choices in order to preserve the inherent value of the Hvide fleet
during the cyclical downturn in the markets in which it operates. Among other
steps, the Company engaged Seneca Financial Group, Inc. as financial advisor,
and with Seneca's assistance, developed a cash management program whereby, among
other things, the Company eliminated its new-build program, deferred certain
scheduled drydockings of vessels, consistent with safety and operational
considerations, canceled the construction of certain vessels, disposed of other
vessels under construction, and sold eight vessels (excluding vessels under
construction) for net proceeds of approximately $32 million.
Further, the Company has reduced operating and overhead expenses. These
reductions are estimated to generate annual savings of $11.5 million; however,
these reductions have been substantially offset by increased interest on
borrowings under the Loan Agreement, professional and other fees under the Loan
Agreement, and other fees and costs resulting from the Company's financial
condition. The Company has also improved its working capital position by, among
other things, strengthening its efforts to collect receivables.
As the liquidity problem worsened, the Company made every effort over
the last several months to restructure its operations and balance sheet in order
to avoid seeking protection under the Bankruptcy Code. In addition to the
cost-cutting measures briefly described above, the Company also sought to
refinance the secured bank debt by means of a proposed offering of secured
notes. However, in late July 1999, the Company determined that it could not
proceed with the offering on acceptable terms. During the same time frame, the
Company was pursuing discussions with an ad hoc committee of holders of
approximately 63%
37
<PAGE>
of the Company's outstanding Senior Notes and approximately 50% of the Trust
Convertible Securities issued by HMI's subsidiary, Hvide Capital Trust. These
discussions led to the instant chapter 11 filing by the Company and the filing
of the Plan.
IV. SIGNIFICANT EVENTS DURING THE CHAPTER 11 CASES
Since the Debtors commenced their Chapter 11 Cases, they have continued
to operate their businesses and manage their properties as debtors in possession
pursuant to Sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.
The following is a brief description of some of the major events during
the Chapter 11 Cases.
A. Continuation of Business; Stay of Litigation
Following the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors
continued to operate their businesses as debtors in possession under the
protection of the Bankruptcy Court. The Bankruptcy Court has certain supervisory
powers over the Debtors' operations during the Chapter 11 Case, which are
generally limited to reviewing and ruling on any objections raised to the
Debtors' operations or proposed outside of the ordinary course transactions. The
Debtors must notify parties in interest and obtain Bankruptcy Court approval of
any transactions that are outside the ordinary course of business, such as any
sale of a major asset of the Debtors. In addition, the Debtors must obtain
Bankruptcy Court approval of certain other transactions, such as the borrowing
of money on a secured basis or the employment of attorneys, accountants and
other professionals.
An immediate effect of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases was the
imposition of the automatic stay under the Bankruptcy Code which, with limited
exceptions, enjoins the commencement or continuation of all pre-petition
litigation against, and efforts to collect funds from, the Debtors. This
injunction remains in effect unless modified or lifted by order of the
Bankruptcy Court.
B. Appointment of the Creditors' Committee
On September 23, 1999, the United States Trustee appointed an official
committee of unsecured creditors (the "Creditors' Committee"), pursuant to
Section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code, to represent unsecured creditors of the
Debtor.
The Creditors' Committee currently consists of 5 members and includes
representatives of each of the principal constituencies of unsecured creditors
of Hvide. The current members of the Creditors' Committee are set forth below:
CREDITORS' COMMITTEE
38
<PAGE>
Loomis Sayles & Company, L.P.
Lonestar Partners
Cohanzick Management
Halter Marine Group, Inc.
The Bank of New York, as Property Trustee
for the Trust Preferred Securities
C. Representation of Debtors and Committee
The Debtors applied for and were granted approval to retain the law
firms of Kronish Lieb Weiner & Hellman LLP as bankruptcy counsel and Young,
Conaway, Stargatt & Taylor LLP as local Delaware counsel.
The Creditors' Committee has sought authorization from the Bankruptcy
Court to retain the law firm of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP as its
general counsel and the law firm of Ashby & Geddes as its Delaware counsel.
D. DIP Credit Facility
Upon the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the restoration of trade
credit and support was of great importance to Hvide. To restore vendor support,
immediately upon the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors obtained
a post-petition working capital facility (the "DIP Credit Facility") from its
pre-petition lenders, a syndicate of institutions led by Citibank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent, and BankBoston, N.A., as Documentation Agent (the "DIP
Lenders"). Pursuant to the DIP Credit Facility, the DIP Lenders agreed to make
loans to, and to guarantee the issuance of letters of credit for, Hvide through
the earlier of February 28, 1999 and the date that a plan of reorganization
becomes effective. Pursuant to the DIP Credit Facility, the DIP Lenders extended
(i) a $60 million revolving credit facility, the proceeds of which are to fund
the Debtors' working capital needs, and (ii) a term loan in the amount of
approximately $241 million, the proceeds of which were used to repay the
Debtors' obligations to the DIP Lenders under the pre-petition Loan Agreement.
The DIP Credit Facility provides that the obligations of the Debtors to the DIP
Lenders constitute administrative expense obligations with priority over any and
all administrative expenses of the kinds specified in Sections 503(b) and 507(b)
of the Bankruptcy Code (with limited exceptions), secured by a superpriority
lien on a substantial portion of Hvide's assets.
On September 9, 1999, the Bankruptcy Court approved the DIP Credit
Facility on an interim basis and on September 30, 1999, the Bankruptcy Court
approved it on a final basis.
As of October__, 1999, the Debtors' outstanding borrowings under the
DIP Facility were approximately $______.
39
<PAGE>
E. Employee Retention Plan
To maintain the continued support, cooperation and morale of Hvide's
employees, Hvide has moved for authority to pay employees for prepetition wages,
salaries and certain other compensation and benefits. In addition, to ensure the
retention of exempt employees, Hvide obtained Bankruptcy Court approval of an
employee retention plan that provides eligible employees with bonus compensation
for remaining with the Company through the Chapter 11 process until confirmation
of a plan of reorganization.
F. Assumption of Certain Leases and Executory Contracts
As debtors in possession, the Debtors have the right, subject to
Bankruptcy Court approval, to assume or reject any executory contract or
unexpired lease, including, but not limited to, any employment or severance
contract or agreement, as contemplated by Section 365 of the Code, in effect on
the Filing Date between the Debtors and any other person (an "Executory
Contract"). In this context, assumption means that the Debtors agree to perform
their obligations and cure existing defaults under an Executory Contract.
Rejection of an Executory Contract relieves the Debtors from their obligation to
perform further under such Executory Contract. Damages resulting to the other
party from the rejection of an Executory Contract are treated as a General
Unsecured Claim (as defined in the Plan) arising prior to the Filing Date and
are included in the appropriate Class to the extent such Claim is allowed by the
Court. Claims arising out of the rejection of an executory contract or unexpired
lease must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court no later than 30 days after notice
of entry of an order approving the rejection of such contract or lease.
V. THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
The Plan is annexed hereto as Exhibit A and forms a part of this
Disclosure Statement. The summary of the Plan set forth below is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the more detailed provisions set forth in the Plan.
A. Classification and Treatment
of Claims and Interests
1. Administrative Expense and Priority Tax Claims
a. Administrative Expense Claims
Administrative Expense Claims are Claims constituting a cost or expense
of administration of the Chapter 11 Cases allowed under Section 503(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code. Such Claims include the Debtors' obligations under the DIP
Credit Facility, any actual and necessary costs and expenses of operating the
business of the Debtors in Possession, any indebtedness or obligations incurred
or assumed by the Debtors in Possession in connection with the conduct of their
businesses or the acquisition or lease of property or the rendition of services,
any allowance of compensation and reimbursement of expenses to the extent
allowed by a Final Order under Section 330 of the Bankruptcy Code, fees or
charges assessed against the estate of the Debtor under Section 1930 of title 28
of the United States Code and the DIP Claims.
40
<PAGE>
Pursuant to the Plan, except to the extent that the holder of an
Allowed Administrative Expense Claim agrees to a different treatment, the
Reorganized Debtors will provide to each holder of an Allowed Administrative
Expense Claim (x) Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Administrative Expense
Claim on the latest of (i) the Effective Date, (ii) the date such Administrative
Expense Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim and (iii) the date
such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim is due in accordance with the terms
and conditions of the particular transaction(s) or governing documents or (y)
such other treatment as the Debtors and such holders shall have agreed upon in
writing, subject to the consent of the Creditors' Committee, provided, however,
that Allowed Administrative Expense Claims (other than Claims under Section 330
of the Bankruptcy Code) representing obligations incurred in the ordinary course
of business of or assumed by the Debtors in Possession shall be paid in full and
performed by the Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary course of business in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transactions and any
agreements relating thereto. The Debtors estimate that Allowed Administrative
Expense Claims (exclusive of compensation and reimbursement of expenses payable
to professionals retained in the Chapter 11 Case) to be paid on the Effective
Date will be approximately $270 million, virtually all of which consists of
$25.8 million projected to be owed on the revolving credit portion of the DIP
Facility and $241 million owed on the term loan portion of the DIP Facility. In
addition, the Debtors estimate that there will be additional administrative
expenses and other costs relating to the Exit Financing Facility (as defined
below).
All payments to professionals for compensation and reimbursement of
expenses and all payments to reimburse expenses of members of the Creditors'
Committee will be made in accordance with the procedures established by the
Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules and the Bankruptcy Court relating to the
payment of interim and final compensation and expenses. The Debtors estimate
that Allowed Administrative Expenses, including compensation and reimbursement
of expenses of professionals retained in the Chapter 11 Case (not including
previously allowed payments) will be approximately $ [ ]. The Bankruptcy Court
will review and determine all requests for compensation and reimbursement of
expenses.
In addition to the foregoing, Section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code
provides for payment of compensation to creditors, indenture trustees and other
persons making a "substantial contribution" to a reorganization case, and to
attorneys for, and other professional advisors to, such persons. Also, certain
of the professionals retained by the Debtors or the Committee may request
approval and payment of additional bonus or success compensation. The Debtors
are not aware of whether any applications under Section 503(b) will be filed or
the amounts, if any, that may be sought. Requests for compensation must be
approved by the Bankruptcy Court after a hearing on notice at which the Debtors
and other parties in interest may participate and, if appropriate, object to the
allowance of any compensation and reimbursement of expenses.
b. Priority Tax Claims
Priority Tax Claims are those Claims for taxes entitled to priority in
payment under Section 507(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code. The aggregate amount of
Priority Tax Claims as reflected in the Debtors' Schedules is $0. The Debtors
estimate that the amount of Allowed Priority Tax Claims is $0.
Each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim will receive, at the sole
option of the Reorganized
41
<PAGE>
Debtors, (i) Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim on the
later of the Effective Date and the date such Priority Tax Claim becomes an
Allowed Priority Tax Claim, or (ii) equal annual Cash payments in an aggregate
amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, together with interest in
arrears at an annual rate equal to five percent (5%), over a period through the
sixth anniversary of the date of assessment of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim,
(iii) payment upon other terms determined by the Bankruptcy Court to provide the
holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim deferred Cash payments having a value,
as of the Effective Date, equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, or (iv) such
other treatment as the Debtors and such holders shall have agreed upon in
writing subject to the consent of the Creditors' Committee.
2. Class 1 -- Other Priority Claims
The Other Priority Claims are Claims which are entitled to priority in
accordance with Section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code (other than Administrative
Expense Claims and Priority Tax Claims). Such Claims include (i) unsecured
claims for accrued employee compensation earned within ninety days prior to
commencement of the Chapter 11 Case to the extent of $4,300 per employee and
(ii) contributions to employee benefit plans arising from services rendered
within 180 days prior to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Case, but only for
each such plan to the extent of (x) the number of employees covered by such plan
multiplied by $4,300, less (y) the aggregate amount paid to such employees from
the estates for wages, salaries and commissions. The Debtor estimates that the
amount of Other Priority Claims is $0.
Pursuant to the Plan, holders of Allowed Other Priority Claims, if any
exist, will be paid in full, in Cash, on the later of the Effective Date and the
date such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim. Class 1 is not impaired under the
Plan. Holders of Claims in Class 1 are not entitled to vote to accept or reject
the Plan.
3. Class 2 -- Secured Claims
Class 2 consists of all Secured Claims, each of which will be within a
separate subclass (with each subclass to be deemed a separate class for all
purposes under applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code), as follows:
a. Class 2A (MARAD Claims)
Class 2A consists of all MARAD Claims. In the past, the Company has
financed various vessel acquisitions through U.S. government-guaranteed Title XI
ship financing bonds that are collateralized by first preferred mortgages on
those vessels. Those Bonds were issued pursuant to Title XI of the Merchant
Marine Act, 1936, as amended, and the repayment thereof is guaranteed by the
full faith and credit of the United States, acting through the Maritime
Administration ("MARAD"). As of the Commencement Date, the Company had
approximately $34 million of such secured indebtedness, which is classified in
the Plan as MARAD Claims.
Pursuant to the Plan, each of the MARAD Claims in Class 2A will be
Reinstated or receive such other treatment as the Debtors and such holders shall
have agreed upon in writing subject to the consent of the Creditors' Committee,
and shall thereby be rendered unimpaired in accordance with Section 1124(2) of
42
<PAGE>
the Bankruptcy Code. The legal, equitable and contractual rights of the holders
of the MARAD Claims are not altered by the Plan. The Class 2A MARAD Claims are
not impaired by the Plan. Accordingly, the holders of the Class 2A MARAD Claims
are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as holders of Class 2A MARAD
Claims and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
b. Class 2B (Capital Lease Claims)
Class 2B consists of all obligations of Debtors under or related to
seven sale leaseback transactions relating to twelve vessels totalling
approximately $39,000,000.
The following is a description of the seven financing transactions
(involving twelve vessels) for which there are claims against one or more
Debtors under capital leases:
HMI, as shipowner, entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with
Norlease, Inc. ("Norlease"), as lender, for the vessel HMI Astrachem in August
1996. In connection with this transaction, HMI executed a $7,500,000 note in
favor of Norlease and granted Norlease a First Preferred Mortgage as security
thereunder. The 36-month lease term began on August 14, 1996.
HMI, as lessee, entered into an equipment lease with Norlease, as
lessor, for the vessels New River SDM I and St. Johns SDM II in November 1997.
The original balance due under the lease was $9,996,785. The 15-year lease term
began on November 26, 1997, and requires monthly payments of $77,775. The
current outstanding lease obligation is $9,505,255.
HMI, as lessee, entered into an equipment lease with AmSouth Leasing,
Ltd. ("AmSouth"), as lessor, for the vessel Escambia SDM III in May 1998. The
original balance due under the lease was $5,000,000. The 15-year lease term
began on May 29, 1998, and requires monthly payments of $41,806.
The current outstanding lease obligation is $4,795,831.
Debtor Seabulk Offshore, Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of HMI
("SOL"), as lessee, entered into an equipment lease with TA Marine I, Inc., as
lessor, for the vessel Seabulk Arizona in November 1998. The ten-year lease term
began on January 1, 1999, at which time an initial payment of $59,807 was made.
Forty quarterly payments of $223,228 each are due thereafter, totalling
$8,988,928 for the entire lease. The current outstanding lease obligation is
$7,577,523.
SOL, as lessee, entered into an equipment lease with TA Marine II,
Inc., as lessor, for the vessel Seabulk Wisconsin in November 1998. The ten-year
lease term began on January 1, 1999, at which time an initial payment of $63,076
was made. Forty quarterly payments of $235,430 each are due thereafter,
totalling $9,480,284 for the entire lease. The current outstanding lease
obligation is $7,991,728.
SOL entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with Lawrence Bedrosian
(d/b/a Steel Style Marine) for the vessels Seabulk St. Andrew and Seabulk St.
James in December 1998. The seven-year charter term began in December 1998.
Monthly charter payments of $79,773 are required, totalling $6,354,083. The
current outstanding lease obligation is $4,900,175.
43
<PAGE>
SOL, as shipowner, entered into a financing transaction with debis
Financial Services, Inc. ("debis") as lender, for the vessels Seabulk Kansas and
Seabulk Nebraska in February 1999. In connection with this transaction, SOL
executed a $14,200,000 note in favor of debis and granted it a first preferred
mortgage as security thereunder. The 10-year note is due on February 17, 2009,
requiring monthly payments of $175,984, and the current outstanding balance is
$13,660,015.
Pursuant to the Plan, each of the Secured Claims in Class 2B will be
Reinstated or receive such other treatment as the Debtors and such holders shall
have agreed upon in writing subject to the consent of the Creditors' Committee,
and shall thereby be rendered unimpaired in accordance with Section 1124(2) of
the Bankruptcy Code. The legal, equitable and contractual rights of the holders
of the Secured Claims are not altered by the Plan. The Class 2B Secured Claims
are not impaired by the Plan. Accordingly, the holders of the Class 2B Secured
Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as holders of Class
2B Secured Claims and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
c. Class 2C (Other Secured Claims)
Class 2C consists of all Other Secured Claims. This Class of Secured
Claims consists primarily of miscellaneous notes payable and related ship
mortgage obligations entered into with respect to certain vessels. As of the
Commencement Date, these obligations totalled approximately $18.8 million. This
Class of Secured Claims also includes such Other Secured Claims, if any, as
exist. The Debtors do not believe any Other Secured Claims exist beyond those
identified herein.
Pursuant to the Plan, each of the Secured Claims in Class 2C will be
Reinstated or receive such other treatment as the Debtors and such holders shall
have agreed upon in writing subject to the consent of the Creditors' Committee,
and shall thereby be rendered unimpaired in accordance with Section 1124(2) of
the Bankruptcy Code. The legal, equitable and contractual rights of the holders
of the Secured Claims are not altered by the Plan. The Class 2C Secured Claims
are not impaired by the Plan. Accordingly, the holders of the Class 2C Secured
Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as holders of Class
2C Secured Claims and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4. Class 3 -- General Unsecured Claims
Class 3 consists of General Unsecured Claims against the Debtor, i.e.,
all Unsecured Claims other than Claims in Classes 1, 4 and 5 and Section 510(b)
HMI Common Stock Trading Claims. This Class of Claims includes, but is not
limited to, all Claims for payment for goods and services rendered to the
Debtors, all Claims in respect of rejection of leases and executory contracts,
accrued employee wages, vacation and other benefits and other miscellaneous
liabilities. The Debtors estimate that the total amount of Claims in Class 3 is
approximately $45,000,000.
Under the Plan, each holder of an Allowed Class 3 Claim will, at the
Debtors' option, (i) retain unaltered its legal, equitable and contractual
rights; (ii) receive payment in full in Cash on the Effective Date; (iii)
receive payment in any other manner agreed upon by the holder and the Debtors
with the consent of the Creditors' Committee; or (iv) receive such other
treatment as will render the Claim unimpaired. Such Claims shall remain subject
to all legal and equitable defenses of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.
44
<PAGE>
Class 3 is unimpaired by the Plan. Accordingly, the holders of Allowed
Class 3 Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as holders of
Allowed Class 3 Claims and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the
Plan.
5. Class 4 -- Senior Note Claims
Class 4 consists of all Senior Note Claims and includes, among other
things, any claims arising from or related to the past or present ownership of
the Senior Notes. Pursuant to the Plan, the Senior Note Claims are deemed to be
Allowed Claims in the aggregate amount of $314,167,678.07, which includes the
principal amount of the Senior Notes ($300 million) and all accrued and unpaid
interest thereon as of the Commencement Date. Class 4 is impaired. Holders of
record of Senior Notes on the date the order approving the Disclosure Statement
is entered are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
Under the Plan, on the Effective Date, in full satisfaction of its
Senior Note Claim, each holder of an Allowed Senior Note Claim will receive its
Pro Rata share of 9,800,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock.
The Plan provides that, subject to the applicable provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Court authorization and approval to the extent
necessary, the indenture trustee under the Senior Note Indenture shall be
entitled to payment of its reasonable fees, costs and expenses, as provided
under the Senior Note Indenture.
6. Class 5 -- Intercompany Claims
Class 5 consists of Intercompany Claims.
a. Class 5A
Class 5A consists of the Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claim held
by Debtor and Plan co-proponent Hvide Capital Trust. Class 5A is impaired by the
Plan. As of the Commencement Date, the principal and accrued interest due on the
Convertible Subordinated Debentures is approximately $120,170,000. On the
Effective Date, the holder of the Class 5A Claim, i.e., Hvide Capital Trust,
will receive $1,000 from HMI in full satisfaction of its Allowed Class 5A Claim,
and the Convertible Subordinate Debenture will be canceled. Class 5A is impaired
under the Plan. The Holder of the Allowed Class 5A Claim, Hvide Capital Trust,
is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. As a co-proponent of the Plan,
Hvide Capital Trust is deemed to accept the Plan as the holder of the Allowed
Class 5A Claim.
The Plan provides that, subject to the applicable provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Court authorization and approval to the extent
necessary, the indenture trustee under the Convertible Debenture Indenture shall
be entitled to payment of its reasonable fees, costs and expenses, as provided
under the Convertible Debenture Indenture.
45
<PAGE>
b. Class 5B
Class 5B consists of all Other Intercompany Claims. Under the Plan, on
the Effective Date, each Claim in Class 5B will be Reinstated, leaving unaltered
the legal, equitable and contractual rights to which such Claim entitles the
holder of such Claim.
7. Class 6 -- Trust Preferred Securities
Class 6 consists of all Trust Preferred Securities of Hvide Capital
Trust. Holders of Class 6 Interests owned 2,300,000 shares of Trust Preferred
Securities as of the Commencement Date. Class 6 is impaired. Holders of record
of Trust Preferred Securities on the date the order approving the Disclosure
Statement is entered are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
On the Effective Date, each holder of Allowed Trust Preferred
Securities Interests in Class 6 will receive its Pro Rata share of (i) 200,000
shares of New HMI Common Stock and (ii) 125,000 Class A Warrants, and the Trust
Preferred Securities will be cancelled. Fractional shares of New HMI Common
Stock and fractional Class A Warrants will be treated in accordance with Section
6.2.6. of the Plan.
The Plan provides that, subject to the applicable provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Court authorization and approval to the extent
necessary, the Property Trustee under the Trust Preferred Securities Declaration
shall be entitled to payment of its reasonable fees, costs and expenses, as
provided under the Trust Preferred Securities Declaration.
8. Class 7 -- Common Stock in Subsidiary Debtors
Class 7 consists of the holders of all Interests directly or indirectly
arising from or under, or relating in any way to, the Interests in the
Subsidiary Debtors. Under the Plan, on the Effective Date, each Interest in
Class 7 will be Reinstated, leaving unaltered the legal, equitable and
contractual rights to which such Interest entitles the holder of such Interest.
9. Class 8 -- HMI Common Stock
Class 8 consists of all Interests directly or indirectly arising from
or under, or relating in any way to, HMI Common Stock and all Section 510(b) HMI
Common Stock Trading Claims. HMI has two outstanding classes of Common Stock,
Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and Class B Common Stock, par
value $0.001 per share. As of the Commencement Date, there were 13,876,829
shares of Class A Common Stock and 1,677,590 shares of Class B Common Stock
outstanding. In addition, as of the Commencement Date, shares of Class A Common
Stock were issuable to certain officers and employees of the Company under
certain of its Stock Plans. All shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock and
all issuable shares of Class A Common Stock are included in Class 8 under the
Plan. The Debtors do not believe there are any Section 510(b) HMI Common Stock
Trading Claims. Holders of record of HMI Common Stock on the date the order
approving the Disclosure Statement is entered, and holders of Allowed Section
510(b) HMI Common Stock Trading Claims, if any, are entitled to vote to accept
or reject the Plan.
46
<PAGE>
On the Effective Date, each holder of a share of HMI Common Stock
(irrespective of whether such share is of Class A or Class B Common Stock) and
each holder of an Allowed Section 510(b) HMI Common Stock Trading Claim will
receive its Pro Rata share of 125,000 Class A Warrants. Fractional Class A
Warrants will be treated in accordance with Section 6.2.6. of the Plan.
10. Class 9 -- HMI Options
Class 9 consists of all Interests directly or indirectly arising from
or under, or relating in any way to HMI Options to purchase HMI Common Stock and
all other rights and awards issued pursuant to the Stock Plans, other than any
shares of Common Stock issuable but not earned or vested thereunder prior to the
Commencement Date (which shares are included in Class 9). As of the Commencement
Date, there were outstanding HMI Options to purchase 1,231,773 shares of HMI
Common Stock (i.e., 1,231,773 HMI Options), with exercise prices ranging from $6
to $28 per share.
Under the Plan, no distribution will be made to holders of HMI Option
Interests in Class 9 on account of such Interests, and such HMI Options will be
cancelled on the Effective Date.
B. Summary of Other Provisions of the Plan
The following paragraphs summarize certain other significant provisions
of the Plan. The Plan should be referred to for the complete text of these and
other provisions of the Plan.
1. General Description of New Securities
a. New HMI Common Stock
Pursuant to the Plan, Reorganized HMI will have authority to issue
20,000,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.
Under the New Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of Reorganized
HMI, copies of which are annexed to the Plan as Exhibits C and D, respectively,
holders of the New HMI Common Stock will be entitled to receive such dividends
as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors of Reorganized
HMI out of assets available therefor, after payment of dividends required to be
paid on outstanding preferred stock, if any. See Section X, "Certain Risk
Factors To Be Considered." In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of Reorganized HMI, the holders of New HMI Common Stock will be
entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities,
subject to the prior distribution rights of the holders of preferred stock then
outstanding, if any. The New HMI Common Stock will have no preemptive or
conversion rights and will not be subject to further calls or assessments by
Reorganized HMI. The New HMI Common Stock will, upon issuance, pursuant to the
Plan, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
Holders of New HMI Common Stock will be entitled to one vote per share
on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. For a more detailed
description of the process by which Reorganized HMI will elect its Board of
Directors, see Section VII.A.1, "Management of the Reorganized Debtor, Board of
47
<PAGE>
Directors and Management, Composition of the Board of Directors." Certain
significant matters will require the approval of the holders of a majority of
the outstanding shares of New HMI Common Stock to the extent required by
Delaware law. See Section V.B.10, "The Plan of Reorganization, Summary of Other
Provisions of the Plan, New HMI Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws."
b. The Class A Warrants
Pursuant to the Plan, Reorganized HMI will have authority to issue
250,000 Class A Warrants. The following is a summary of certain terms and
provisions of the Warrant Agreement, a copy of which is annexed to the Plan as
Exhibit B.
The Class A Warrants will be issued pursuant to (i) the Warrant
Agreement (the "Warrant Agreement") between Reorganized HMI and the warrant
agent thereunder (the "Warrant Agent"). The warrant agent under the Warrant
Agreement has not been selected as of the date hereof. The following summary of
certain provisions of the Warrant Agreement does not purport to be complete and
is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Warrant Agreement, which is
annexed to the Plan of Reorganization as Exhibit B thereto.
General
Each Class A Warrant, when exercised, will entitle the holder thereof
to purchase one share of New HMI Common Stock at an exercise price of $38.49 per
share (the "Class A Exercise Price"). The exercise price and the number of
shares of New HMI Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Class A
Warrants (the "Warrant Shares") are both subject to adjustment in certain cases
referred to below. The Class A Warrants are exercisable at any time on or after
the Effective Date. Unless exercised, the Class A Warrants will automatically
expire at 5:00 p.m. on the date that is four years following the Effective Date
(the "Expiration Date"). The Class A Warrants will entitle the holders thereof
to purchase in the aggregate approximately 2.5% of the New HMI Common Stock
outstanding on a fully diluted basis after giving effect to consummation of the
Plan but without giving effect to the issuance of stock or stock options
pursuant to the New Long-Term Incentive Plan. The initial aggregate exercise
price of the Class A Warrants will be approximately $9.6 million.
The Class A Warrants may be exercised by surrendering to Reorganized
HMI the certificates evidencing such Class A Warrants, if any, with the
accompanying form of election to purchase, properly completed and executed,
together with payment of the Exercise Price. Payment of the Exercise Price may
be made in the form of cash or a certified or official bank check, payable to
the order of Reorganized HMI. Upon surrender of the Warrant certificate and
payment of the Exercise Price, the Warrant Agent will deliver or cause to be
delivered, to or upon the written order of such holder, stock certificates
representing the number of whole Warrant Shares or other securities or property
to which such holder is entitled under the Class A Warrants and the Warrant
Agreement, including without limitation any cash payment to adjust for
fractional interests in Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise. If less than
all of the Class A Warrants evidenced by a Class A Warrant certificate are
exercised, a new Class A Warrant certificate will be issued for the remaining
number of Class A Warrants.
48
<PAGE>
Reorganized HMI shall not issue fractional Warrant Shares on the
exercise of Class A Warrants. If more than one Class A Warrant shall be
presented for exercise in full at the same time by the same holder, the number
of full Warrant Shares which shall be issuable upon such exercise will be
computed on the basis of the aggregate number of Warrant Shares acquirable on
exercise of the Class A Warrants so presented. If any fraction of a Warrant
Share would be issuable on the exercise of any Class A Warrant (or specified
portion thereof), Reorganized HMI shall direct the transfer agent to pay an
amount in cash calculated by it to equal the then current market price (as
defined in the Warrant Agreement) per Warrant Share multiplied by such fraction
computed to the nearest whole cent.
Certificates for Class A Warrants will be issued in registered form
only, and no service charge will be made for registration for transfer or
exchange upon surrender of any Warrant certificate at the office of the Warrant
Agent maintained for that purpose. Reorganized HMI may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
connection with any registration for transfer or exchange of Class A Warrant
certificates.
The holders of the Class A Warrants have no right to vote on matters
submitted to the stockholders of Reorganized HMI and have no right to receive
cash dividends. The holders of the Class A Warrants are not entitled to share in
the assets of Reorganized HMI in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of Reorganized HMI's affairs.
Adjustments
The number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Class
A Warrants and the Exercise Price both will be subject to adjustment in certain
events, including in the event that Reorganized HMI (A) pays a dividend or make
a distribution on its New HMI Common Stock in shares of its capital stock
(whether shares of New HMI Common Stock or of capital stock of any other class),
(B) subdivides the outstanding shares of New HMI Common Stock, (C) combines the
outstanding shares of New HMI Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or
(D) issues by reclassification of the shares of New HMI Common Stock any shares
of capital stock of Reorganized HMI. The Exercise Price in effect and the number
of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of each Class A Warrant immediately
prior to such action shall be adjusted so that the holder of any Class A Warrant
thereafter exercised shall be entitled to receive the number of shares of
capital stock of Reorganized HMI which such holder would have owned immediately
following such action had such Class A Warrant been exercised immediately prior
thereto.
In case of certain consolidations or mergers of Reorganized HMI, or the
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Reorganized HMI, each Warrant
shall thereafter be exercisable for the right to receive the kind and amount of
shares of stock or other securities or property to which such holder would have
been entitled as a result of such consolidation, merger or sale had the Class A
Warrants been exercised immediately prior thereto.
Reservation of Shares
The Company has authorized and reserved for issuance such number of
shares of New HMI Common Stock as will be issuable upon the exercise of all
outstanding Class A Warrants. Such shares of
49
<PAGE>
New HMI Common Stock, when paid for and issued, will be duly and validly issued,
fully paid and non-assessable, free of preemptive rights and free from all
taxes, liens, charges and security interests with respect to the issue thereof.
Amendment
From time to time, the Company and the Warrant Agent, without consent
of the holders of the Class A Warrants, may amend or supplement the Warrant
Agreement for certain purposes, including curing defects or inconsistencies or
making changes that do not materially adversely affect the rights of any holder.
Any amendment or supplement to the Warrant Agreement that has a material adverse
effect on the interests of the holders of the Class A Warrants requires the
written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Class A
Warrants. The consent of each holder of the Class A Warrants affected is
required for any amendment pursuant to which the Exercise Price would be
increased or the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of Class A
Warrants would be decreased (other than pursuant to adjustments provided for in
the Class A Warrant Agreement as generally described above).
2. The Registration Rights Agreements
On or prior to the Effective Date of the Plan, the Debtors and the
investment advisor or manager (the "Advisor") for certain holders or beneficial
owners of the New HMI Common Stock will enter into a registration rights
agreement that provides the following, among other things: (i) Reorganized HMI
will, if eligible, file a shelf registration statement (the "SRS") with the SEC
for the purpose of allowing the unrestricted re-sale of the New HMI Common
Stock; (ii) Reorganized HMI will file the SRS within 15 days after the Effective
Date of the Plan and obtain the effectiveness of the SRS within 90 days after
the Effective Date of the Plan; (iii) to the extent that the SRS is ineffective,
the Advisor shall have the right to demand registration at such time(s); (iv)
the Advisor will have unlimited piggyback rights to participate in capital
market transactions initiated by or on behalf of Reorganized HMI; and (v)
Reorganized HMI will use its reasonable best efforts to list the New HMI Common
Stock on a national exchange or for quotation on NASDAQ and will in any event
obtain and maintain trading symbols for the New HMI Common Stock.
3. Conditions Precedent to the Plan
The Plan will not become effective unless and until: (i) the Bankruptcy
Court shall have entered a Confirmation Order in form and substance satisfactory
to the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee providing, inter alia, that all
securities to be issued to holders of Claims and Interests pursuant to the Plan,
i.e., the New HMI Stock (including New HMI Stock issued upon the exercise of the
Class A Warrants) and the Class A Warrants, are exempt from registration
pursuant to Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, and such Order shall have
become a Final Order unless such requirement is waived by the mutual consent of
the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee; and (ii) consummation of the Plan,
including distribution of the securities in accordance with the terms of the
Plan, shall not preclude the Debtors from operating their respective businesses
in compliance with the Jones Act. In the event that any of the conditions
precedent specified in the Plan has not been satisfied or waived on or before 60
days after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors may, upon notification submitted
by them to the Bankruptcy Court, terminate the Plan, in which
50
<PAGE>
event (a) the Confirmation Order will be vacated, (b) no distributions will be
made under the Plan, (c) the Debtors and all holders of Claims and Interests
will be returned to the status quo ante and (d) all of the Debtors' obligations
with respect to the Claims and Interests will remain unchanged.
4. Time and Method of Distributions Under the Plan
All distributions under the Plan will be made by the Reorganized
Debtors on the Effective Date or soon as practicable thereafter.
All distributions of New HMI Common Stock to be made to holders of
Senior Notes under the Plan will be made by Reorganized HMI to the indenture
trustee for such Senior Notes. All distributions of New HMI Common Stock and
Class A Warrants made to holders of Trust Preferred Securities under the Plan
will be made by Reorganized HMI to the Property Trustee of Hvide Capital Trust
(as defined under the Amended and Restated Declaration among Hvide Marine
Incorporated, as Depositor, The Bank of New York, as Property Trustee, The Bank
of New York (Delaware) as Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named
therein, dated as of June 27, 1997 re: Hvide Capital Trust). All distributions
of Class A Warrants to holders of HMI Common Stock under the Plan will be made
by Reorganized HMI to the transfer agent for the HMI Common Stock.
Any payment of Cash made by Reorganized HMI pursuant to the Plan will
be made by check drawn on a domestic bank, and shall be deemed made when the
check is transmitted. Any payment or distribution required to be made under the
Plan on a day other than a Business Day shall be due on the next succeeding
Business Day.
5. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases
The Bankruptcy Code gives the Debtors the power, subject to the
approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to assume or reject executory contracts and
unexpired leases. If an executory contract or other unexpired lease is rejected,
the other party to the agreement may file a claim for damages incurred by reason
of the rejection. In the case of rejection of leases of real property, such
damage claims are subject to certain limitations imposed by the Bankruptcy Code.
Pursuant to the Plan, all unexpired real property leases which exist between any
of the Debtors and any person are deemed assumed as of the Effective Date,
except for any unexpired lease (i) which has been rejected pursuant to a
Bankruptcy Court order entered on or prior to the Confirmation Date, or (ii) for
which a motion for approval to reject such lease has been filed and served on or
prior to the Confirmation Date.
The Plan provides that all executory contracts and leases existing
between any of the Debtors and any party (other than certain employee-related
matters) are to be assumed as of the Effective Date unless the executory
contract or lease (i) has been rejected pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order
entered on or prior to the Confirmation Date, (ii) is set forth on Schedule
7.1(a) to the Plan, or (iii) is the subject of a motion for the rejection of
such contract filed and served on or prior to the Confirmation Date. The
executory contracts set forth in Schedule 7.1(a) of the Plan, if any, will be
rejected as of the Effective Date. The Debtors will pay all amounts that have
come due and owing on or before the Effective Date with respect to obligations
under assumed executory contracts and leases immediately upon resolution of
amounts thereby owing, and
51
<PAGE>
execution of appropriate documents evidencing withdrawal of claims therefor, or
upon further order of the Bankruptcy Court.
The Plan also provides that all employment and severance practices and
policies, and all employee compensation and benefit plans, policies and programs
of the Debtors for their employees, officers or directors, including, without
limitation, all savings plans, retirement plans, health care plans, severance
benefit plans, incentive plans, worker's compensation programs and life,
disability and other insurance plans will be deemed to be, and will be treated
as, executory contracts assumed under the Plan (subject to any and all
modification and termination rights of the Debtor contained therein), unless any
such contract (i) has been rejected pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order entered
on or prior to the Confirmation Date, or (ii) is the subject of a motion for the
rejection of such contract filed and served on or prior to the Confirmation
Date.
Except as stated in Section VII, "Management of the Reorganized
Debtor," the Debtors' obligations under such agreements, plans, policies and
programs will be assumed pursuant to Section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code,
survive confirmation of the Plan, remain unaffected thereby and will not be
discharged in accordance with Section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors
will pay all amounts that have come due and owing on or before the Effective
Date with respect to assumed pension and related obligations immediately upon
resolution of amounts thereby owing, and execution of appropriate documents
evidencing withdrawal of claims therefor, or upon further order of the
Bankruptcy Court.
6. Retiree Benefits
The Plan provides that, pursuant to Section 1114(a) of the Bankruptcy
Code, the Debtors will provide, for the duration of the period for which they
have obligated themselves to provide such benefits, payments due to any person
for the purpose of providing or reimbursing payments for retired employees and
their spouses and dependents for medical, surgical or hospital care or under any
plan, fund, or program (through the purchase of insurance or otherwise)
maintained or established in whole or in part by the Debtors prior to the
Commencement Date, and that such benefits will be continued for the duration of
the period the Debtors have obligated themselves to provide such benefits,
subject to any and all modification and termination rights of the Debtors
contained therein. The Debtors will pay all amounts that have come due and owing
on or before the Effective Date with respect to assumed retiree benefits
immediately upon resolution of amounts thereby owing, and execution of
appropriate documents evidencing withdrawal of claims therefor, or upon further
order of the Bankruptcy Court.
7. Provisions for Treatment of Disputed Claims
Unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the Debtors will have
the exclusive right, except with respect to Claims of officers, directors and
employees and applications for the allowance of compensation and reimbursement
of expenses of professionals under Sections 330 and 503 of the Bankruptcy Code,
to object to the allowance of Claims filed with the Bankruptcy Court with
respect to which the liability is disputed in whole or in part. All objections
will be litigated to Final Order; however, the Debtors may compromise and settle
any objections to Claims, subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court. All
objections to Claims will be served and filed no later than 90 days after the
Effective Date, or
52
<PAGE>
within such other time period as may be fixed by the Bankruptcy Court, except as
to Claims arising from the rejection of unexpired leases and other executory
contracts and other Claims filed after the Confirmation Date.
At such time as a disputed claim is resolved by Final Order and is
Allowed, the holder thereof will receive, as soon as practicable thereafter, the
distributions to which such holder is then entitled under the Plan; provided,
however, that the undisputed portion of any disputed claim will be paid on the
Effective Date with interest thereon at to the same extent as an Allowed Claim
in the same Class as such Claim. As to the disputed portion of any disputed
claim, any distribution in respect thereof will be made in accordance with the
Plan to the holder of such Claim based upon the amount of such disputed portion
that becomes an Allowed Administrative Expense or Allowed Claim, as the case may
be, with interest thereon at to the same extent as an Allowed Claim in the same
Class as such Claim.
8. Reorganized HMI Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws
On the Effective Date, HMI will be reincorporated as Reorganized HMI
under the laws of the State of Delaware. A new Certificate of Incorporation and
new By-laws of Reorganized HMI will be adopted substantially in the forms
attached as Exhibits C and D to the Plan (the "New Certificate" and "New
Bylaws," respectively).
The New Certificate will, among other things, authorize Reorganized HMI
to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock, par value $.01 per
share, and up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, without par value (the
"Preferred Stock"). The New Certificate will prohibit the issuance of nonvoting
equity securities; provided, however, that any series of Preferred Stock having
the right, voting separately as a class, to elect any directors of HMI if and
when dividends payable on shares of Preferred Stock will have been in arrears
and unpaid for a specified period of time will not be deemed nonvoting equity
securities. For a more detailed description of New HMI Common Stock, see Section
V.B.1, "The Plan of Reorganization, Summary of Other Provisions of the Plan,
Reorganized Hvide Common Stock."
The New Certificate will provide that there will be a classified Board
of Directors, initially consisting of nine directors comprising three equal
classes. The New Certificate will also provide that the Board of Directors of
Reorganized HMI will be empowered, without the necessity of further action or
authorization of the stockholders (unless required in a specific case by
applicable law, rules or regulations), to cause Reorganized HMI to issue the
Preferred Stock from time to time in one or more series, and to fix by
resolution the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional
or other special rights of each such series, if any, or the qualifications,
limitations or restrictions of each such series, if any. Each series of
Preferred Stock may rank senior to or pari passu with New HMI Common Stock with
respect to dividends and liquidation rights. The Board of Directors of HMI
believes it will be in the best interests of Reorganized HMI to authorize the
Preferred Stock in order to provide Reorganized HMI with flexibility to respond
to future developments and opportunities without the delay and expense of a
special stockholders' meeting. The Preferred Stock provides such flexibility by
providing an additional means of raising equity capital and undertaking
acquisitions, and for other general corporate purposes.
The Board of Directors of Reorganized HMI will be authorized to
determine, among other things,
53
<PAGE>
with respect to each series of Preferred Stock that may be issued: (i) the
distinctive designation of such series, (ii) subject to the requirements of
Section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code described above, whether or not such
shares have voting rights and the extent of such voting rights, (iii) whether or
not holders will have the right to elect directors and, if so, the term of
office, requirements for the filling of vacancies and other terms of the
directorship of such directors, (iv) dividend rights, if any, including dividend
rates, preferences with respect to other series or classes of stock, times of
payment and the date from which dividends will be cumulative, (v) the redemption
price, the terms of redemption and the amount of and provisions regarding any
sinking fund for the purchase or redemption thereof, (vi) the liquidation
preferences and the amounts payable on dissolution or liquidation, and (vii) the
terms and conditions, if any, under which the shares of a series of Preferred
Stock may be converted into any other series or class of stock or debt of
Reorganized HMI.
At the Effective Date, there will be no shares of Preferred Stock
outstanding, and there are no current agreements or understandings for the
designation of any series of Preferred Stock or the issuance of shares
thereunder. For a description of certain considerations relating to the
Preferred Stock, see Section IX.R., "Certain Risk Factors To Be Considered,
Preferred Stock."
Generally, matters to be acted upon by the stockholders of Reorganized
HMI, including without limitation amending certain provisions of the New By-laws
or New Certificate, will require the affirmative vote of a majority of the
voting power of the corporation. The election of directors will require a
plurality of votes.
The first annual meeting of the stockholders of Reorganized HMI will be
held on a date in 2000 selected by the Board of Directors of Reorganized HMI.
The New By-laws will provide, among other things, that (i) subsequent meetings
of the stockholders of Reorganized HMI shall be held on such date as shall be
designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and (ii) special meetings
of the stockholders may be convened by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of
the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, by a committee of the
Board of Directors which has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and
whose powers and authority, as provided in a resolution of the Board of
Directors or in the New By-Laws of the Corporation, include the power to call
such meetings. If and to the extent that any special meeting of stockholders may
be called by any other person or persons specified in any provisions of the New
Certificate or any amendment thereto, or any certificate filed under Section
151(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law designating the number of shares
of Preferred Stock to be issued and the rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions granted to and imposed on the holders of such designated Preferred
Stock, as permitted by Section 5 of the New Certificate, then such special
meeting may also be called by such other person or persons in the manner, at the
times and for the purposes so specified.
The New Certificate contains a provision eliminating, to the fullest
extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the "GCL"),
directors' personal liability to Reorganized HMI and to its stockholders for
monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty. By virtue of this provision,
under the GCL a director will not be personally liable for monetary damages for
a breach of his or her fiduciary duty, except for liability arising out of (a) a
breach of duty of loyalty to Reorganized HMI or to its stockholders, (b) acts or
omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (c) dividends or stock repurchases or redemptions that are
unlawful under Delaware law and (d) any
54
<PAGE>
transaction from which such director receives an improper personal benefit. This
provision pertains only to breaches of duty by directors as directors and not in
any other corporate capacity, such as officers.
The New Certificate further provides that Reorganized HMI shall, to the
fullest extent permitted by the GCL, indemnify each director, officer, employee
or agent against, and hold each director, officer, employee or agent harmless
from, all expenses, liabilities, and losses (including attorneys' fees)
reasonably incurred in connection with a proceeding brought against such
director or officer by reason of the fact that he or she was a director,
officer, employee or agent of Reorganized HMI or was serving at the request of
Reorganized HMI as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity. The
New Certificate requires Reorganized HMI to advance all reasonable costs
incurred in defending any such proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by
Delaware law.
The New Certificate (i) contains provisions limiting the aggregate
percentage ownership by Non-Citizens (as defined below) of each class of the
Company's capital stock (including New HMI Common Stock) to 24.99% of the
outstanding shares of each such class (the "Permitted Percentage") to ensure
that such foreign ownership will not exceed the maximum percentage permitted by
applicable federal law (presently 25.0%), (ii) requires the institution of a
dual stock certificate system to help determine such ownership, and (iii)
permits the Board of Directors to make such determinations as may reasonably be
necessary to ascertain such ownership and implement such limitations. These
provisions are intended to protect the Company's ability to operate its vessels
in the U.S. domestic trade governed by the Jones Act.
To provide a method to enable the Company reasonably to determine stock
ownership by Non-Citizens, the New Certificate requires the Company to institute
(and to implement through the transfer agent for the New HMI Common Stock) a
dual stock certificate system, pursuant to which certificates representing
shares of New HMI Common Stock will bear legends that designate such
certificates as either "citizen" or "non-citizen," depending on the citizenship
of the owner. Accordingly, stock certificates are denominated as "citizen"
(blue) in respect of New HMI Common Stock owned by Citizens and as "non-citizen"
(red) in respect of New HMI Common Stock owned by Non-Citizens. The Company may
also issue non-certificated shares through depositories if the Company
determines such depositories have established procedures that allow the Company
to monitor the ownership of New HMI Common Stock by Non-Citizens.
For purposes of the dual stock certificate system, a "Non-Citizen" is
defined as any person other than a Citizen, and a "Citizen" is defined as: (i)
any individual who is a citizen of the U.S. by birth, naturalization, or as
otherwise authorized by law; (ii) any corporation (a) organized under the laws
of the U.S., or a state, territory, district, or possession thereof, (b) of
which title to not less than 75% of its stock is beneficially owned by and
vested in Citizens, free from any trust or fiduciary obligations in favor of
Non-Citizens, (c) of which not less than 75% of the voting power is vested in
Citizens, free from any contract or understanding through which such voting
power may be exercised directly or indirectly in behalf of Non-Citizens, (d) of
which there are no other means by which control is conferred upon or permitted
to be exercised by Non-Citizens, (e) whose president or chief executive officer,
chairman of the board of directors and all officers authorized to act in their
absence or disability are Citizens, and (f) of which more than 50% of the number
of its directors necessary to constitute a quorum are Citizens; (iii) any
partnership (a) organized under the laws of the U.S., or a state, territory,
district, or possession thereof, (b) all general
55
<PAGE>
partners of which are Citizens, and (c) of which not less than a 75% interest is
beneficially owned and controlled by, and vested in, Citizens, free and clear of
any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of Non-Citizens; (iv) any association
(a) organized under the laws of the U.S., or a state, territory, district, or
possession thereof, (b) of which 100% of the members are Citizens, (c) whose
president, chief executive officer, or equivalent position, chairman of the
board of directors, or equivalent committee or body, and all persons authorized
to act in their absence or disability are Citizens, (d) of which not less than
75% of the voting power is beneficially owned by Citizens, free and clear of any
trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of Non-Citizens, and (e) of which more
than 50% of that number of its directors or equivalent persons necessary to
constitute a quorum are Citizens; (v) any limited liability company (a)
organized under the law of the U.S., or a state, territory, district or
possession thereof, (b) of which not less than 75% of the membership interests
are beneficially owned by and vested in Citizens, free from any trust or
fiduciary obligation in favor of Non-Citizens, and the remaining membership
interests are beneficially owned by and vested in persons meeting the
requirements of 46 U.S.C. ss.12102(a), (c) of which not less than 75% of the
voting power is vested in Citizens, free from any contract or understanding
through which such voting power may be exercised directly or indirectly in
behalf of Non-Citizens (d) of which there are no other means by which control is
conferred upon or permitted to be exercised by Non-Citizens, (e) whose president
or other chief executive officer or equivalent position, chairman of the board
of directors or equivalent committee or body, managing members (or equivalent),
if any, and all persons authorized to act in their absence or disability are
Citizens, free and clear of any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of any
Non-Citizens, and (f) of which more than 50% of the number of its directors or
equivalent persons necessary to constitute a quorum are Citizens; (vi) any joint
venture, if not an association, corporation, partnership, or limited liability
company, (a) organized under the laws of the U.S., or a state, territory,
district, or possession thereof, and (b) of which 100% of the equity is
beneficially owned and vested in Citizens, free and clear of any trust or
fiduciary obligation in favor of any Non-Citizens; and (vii) any trust (a)
domiciled in and existing under the laws of the U.S., or a state, territory,
district, or possession thereof, (b) the trustee of which is a Citizen, and (c)
of which not less than a 75% interest is held for the benefit of Citizens, free
and clear of any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor or any Non-Citizens. The
foregoing definition is applicable at all tiers of ownership and in both form
and substance at each tier of ownership.
Shares of New HMI Common Stock are transferable to Citizens at any time
and are transferable to Non-Citizens if, at the time of such transfer, the
transfer would not increase the aggregate ownership by Non-Citizens of that
particular class of HMI Common Stock above the Permitted Percentage in relation
to the total outstanding shares of New HMI Common Stock. Non-Citizen
certificates may be converted to Citizen certificates upon a showing,
satisfactory to the Company, that the holder is a Citizen. Any purported
transfer to Non-Citizens of shares or of an interest in shares of the Company
represented by a Citizen certificate in excess of the Permitted Percentage will
be ineffective as against the Company for all purposes (including for purposes
of voting, dividends, and any other distribution, upon liquidation or
otherwise). In addition, the shares may not be transferred on the books of the
Company, and the Company, whether or not such stock certificate is validly
issued, may refuse to recognize the holder thereof as a stockholder of the
Company except to the extent necessary to effect any remedy available to the
Company. Subject to the foregoing limitations, upon surrender of any stock
certificate for transfer, the transferee will receive citizen (blue)
certificates or non-citizen (red) certificates, as applicable.
The New Certificate establishes procedures with respect to the transfer
of shares to enforce the
56
<PAGE>
limitations referred to above and authorizes the Board of Directors to implement
such procedures. The Board of Directors may take other ministerial actions or
interpret of the Company's foreign ownership policy as it deems necessary in
order to implement the policy. Pursuant to the procedures established in the New
Certificate, as a condition precedent to each issuance and/or transfer of stock
certificates representing shares of New HMI Common Stock, a citizenship
certificate will be required from all transferees (and from any recipient upon
original issuance) of New HMI Common Stock, and, with respect to the beneficial
owner of the New HMI Common Stock being transferred, if the transferee (or the
original recipient) is acting as a fiduciary or nominee for such beneficial
owner. The registration (or original issuance) will be denied upon refusal to
furnish such citizenship certificate, which must provide information about the
purported transferee's or beneficial owner's citizenship. Furthermore, as part
of the dual stock certificate system, depositories holding shares of New HMI
Common Stock will be required to maintain separate accounts for "Citizen" and
"Non-Citizen" shares. When the beneficial ownership of such shares is
transferred, the depositories' participants will be required to advise such
depositories as to the account in which the transferred shares should be held.
In addition, to the extent necessary to enable the Company to determine the
number of shares owned by Non-Citizens, the Company may from time to time
require record holders and beneficial owners of shares of New HMI Common Stock
to confirm their citizenship status and may, in the discretion of the Board of
Directors, temporarily withhold dividends payable to, and deny voting rights to,
any such record holder or beneficial owner until confirmation of citizenship is
received.
Should the Company (or its transfer agent for the New HMI Common Stock)
become aware that the ownership by Non-Citizens of New HMI Common Stock at any
time exceeds the Permitted Percentage (the "Excess Shares"), the Board of
Directors is authorized to withhold dividends and other distributions
temporarily on the Excess Shares, pending the transfer of such shares to a
Citizen or the reduction in the percentage of shares owned by Non-Citizens to or
below the Permitted Percentage, and to deny voting rights with respect to the
Excess Shares. If dividends and distributions are to be withheld, they will be
set aside for the account for the Excess Shares. At such time as such shares are
transferred to a Citizen or the ownership of such shares by Non-Citizens will
not result in aggregate ownership by Non-Citizens in excess of the Permitted
Percentage, the dividends withheld shall be paid to the then record holders of
the related shares. Excess Shares shall, so long as the excess exists, not be
deemed to be outstanding for purposes of determining the vote required on any
matter brought before the stockholders for a vote. The New Certificate provides
that the Board of Directors has the power, in its reasonable discretion and
based upon the records maintained by the Company's transfer agent, to determine
those shares of New HMI Common Stock that constitute the Excess Shares. Such
determination will be made by reference to the date or dates on which such
shares were purchased by Non-Citizens, starting with the most recent
acquisitions of shares by a Non-Citizen and including, in reverse chronological
order, all other acquisitions of shares by Non-Citizens from and after the
acquisition that first caused the Permitted Percentage to be exceeded; provided
that Excess Shares resulting from a determination that a record holder or
beneficial owner is no longer a Citizen will be deemed to have been acquired as
of the date of such determination.
To satisfy the Permitted Percentage described above, the New
Certificate authorizes the Board of Directors, in its discretion, to redeem
(upon written notice) Excess Shares in order to reduce the aggregate ownership
by Non-Citizens to the Permitted Percentage. As long as the shares of New HMI
Common Stock continue to be authorized for quotation on the Nasdaq National
Market, the redemption price will be the average of the closing sale price of
the shares (as reported by the Nasdaq National Market) during the 30
57
<PAGE>
trading days next preceding the date of the notice of redemption. The redemption
price for Excess Shares will be payable in cash.
The brief statements and descriptions set forth above concerning the
New Certificate and New Bylaws do not purport to be complete, and are qualified
in their entirety by reference to the forms of New Certificate and New By-laws
of Reorganized HMI, copies of which are attached as Exhibits C and D to the
Plan, respectively, and to the GCL.
9. Discharge of the Debtors
The rights afforded in the Plan and the treatment of the Claims and
Interests therein will be in exchange for and in complete satisfaction,
discharge and release of all Claims and Interests of any nature whatsoever,
including any interest accrued thereon from and after the Commencement Date,
against the Debtors, or their estates, properties or interests in property.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, upon the Effective Date, all such
Claims against and Interests in the Debtors will be deemed satisfied, discharged
and released in full. Pursuant to the Confirmation Order, except as otherwise
provided in the Plan, all parties will be precluded from asserting against the
Reorganized Debtors, their successors, or its assets or properties, any other or
further Claims or Interests based upon any act or omission, transaction or other
activity of any kind or nature that occurred prior to the Confirmation Date.
10. Amendment of the Plan
The Plan provides that the Debtors may, with the consent of the
Creditors' Committee, alter, amend, or modify the treatment of any Claim
provided for under the Plan; provided, however, that the holder of such Claim
agrees or consents to any such alteration, amendment or modification.
11. Indemnification
The Plan provides that the obligations of the Debtors to indemnify,
reimburse or limit the liability of certain officers, directors and employees of
the Debtors will remain unaffected by the Plan and will not be discharged.
Specifically, the indemnification, reimbursement and limitation of liability
obligations of the Debtors will continue as to any present or former officer,
director or employee who was an officer, director or employee of any of the
Debtors on the Commencement Date or who became an officer, director or employee
of any of the Debtors after the Commencement Date. The continuation of such
obligations as to such persons applies to any event occurring before, on or
after the Commencement Date.
12. Revocation of the Plan
The Debtors may revoke or withdraw the Plan at any time prior to the
Confirmation Date, subject to the consent of the Creditors' Committee which may
not be unreasonably withheld. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan prior
to the Confirmation Date, then it will be deemed null and void.
58
<PAGE>
13. Preservation of Causes of Action
Under Sections 544, 545, 547, 548, 549 and 553 of the Bankruptcy Code,
a debtor in possession has certain powers to recover money or other assets for
the debtor's estate, eliminate security interests in estate property or
eliminate debt incurred by the estate. Under the Plan, any rights of action
accruing to the Debtors and Debtors in Possession, including those arising under
Sections 544, 545, 547, 548, 549 and 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall remain
assets of the estates of the Reorganized Debtors. The Plan further provides that
to the extent necessary, the Reorganized Debtors shall be deemed representatives
of the estate under Section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
14. Termination of Creditors' Committee
Except as otherwise provided in section 12.4 of the Plan, on the date
by which both (a) the Effective Date has occurred and (b) the Confirmation Order
has become a Final Order, the Creditors' Committee shall cease to exist, and its
members and employees or agents (including, without limitation, attorneys,
investment bankers, financial advisors, accountants and other professionals)
will be released and discharged from any further authority, duties,
responsibilities and obligations relating to, arising from, or in connection
with their service on the Creditors' Committee. The Creditors' Committee will
continue to exist after such date solely with respect to (i) applications filed
pursuant to section 330 and 331 of the Bankruptcy Code seeking payment of fees
and expenses incurred by any professional, (ii) any post-confirmation
modifications to, or motions seeking the enforcement of, the Plan or the
Confirmation Order, and (iii) any matters pending as of the Effective Date in
the Chapter 11 Cases, until such matters are finally resolved.
15. Exculpation and Releases
In accordance with the Plan, neither the Reorganized Debtors, the
Creditors' Committee, nor any of their respective members, officers, directors,
employees, advisors or agents will have or incur any liability to any holder of
a Claim or Interest for any act or omission in connection with, or arising out
of, the pursuit of confirmation of the Plan, the consummation of the Plan or the
administration of the Plan or the property to be distributed under the Plan
except for willful misconduct or gross negligence, and, in all respects, the
Reorganized Debtors, the Creditors' Committee and each of their respective
members, officers, directors, employees, advisors and agents will be entitled to
rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and
responsibilities under the Plan.
The Debtors do not believe that there are any potential claims against
its present and former officers and directors. Accordingly, the Plan
contemplates that upon the Effective Date, pursuant to Section 1123(b)(3)(A) of
the Bankruptcy Code, any and all claims held by the Debtors against any present
or former officers or directors shall be forever settled, waived, released and
discharged, and will not be retained or enforced by the Reorganized Debtors.
Further, to the extent allowable under applicable bankruptcy law, the Plan
further provides that on the Effective Date any and all claims and causes of
action, whether direct or derivative, against any present or former officer or
director of the Debtors by any holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest
under the Plan will similarly be forever settled, waived, released and
discharged, and not retained or enforced by such holder.
59
<PAGE>
16. Termination of Hvide Capital Trust
The Plan provides that on the Effective Date, pursuant to the
Confirmation Order, Hvide Capital Trust will be terminated and dissolved.
17. Supplemental Documents
On or before substantial consummation of the Plan, the Debtors will
file with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and
conditions of the Plan. Copies may be obtained by contacting
___________________.
VI. CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION PROCEDURE
A. Solicitation of Votes
In accordance with Sections 1126 and 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, the
Claims and Interests in Classes 4, 5A, 6 and 8 of the Plan are impaired and the
holders of Claims and Interests in such Classes are entitled to vote to accept
or reject the Plan. The holders of Allowed Claims and Interests in Classes 1, 2,
3, 5B and 7 are unimpaired. Accordingly, such holders are conclusively presumed
to have accepted the Plan and the solicitation of acceptances with respect to
such Classes is not required under Section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Because no distribution will be made to the holders of HMI Option Interests in
Class 9, such holders are impaired and conclusively presumed to have rejected
the Plan. Accordingly, no solicitation with respect to such class will be made.
As to classes of Claims entitled to vote on a plan, the Bankruptcy Code
defines acceptance of a plan by a class of creditors as acceptance by holders of
at least two-thirds in dollar amount and more than one-half in number of the
claims of that class that have timely voted to accept or reject a plan. A vote
may be disregarded if the Bankruptcy Court determines, after notice and a
hearing, that such acceptance or rejection was not solicited or procured in good
faith or in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.
Any creditor of an impaired Class whose Claim is an Allowed Claim is
entitled to vote.
Each holder of Trust Preferred Securities and HMI Common Stock as of
the date of the order approving the Disclosure Statement is entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan.
B. The Confirmation Hearing
The Bankruptcy Code requires the Bankruptcy Court, after notice, to
hold a confirmation hearing. The Confirmation Hearing in respect of the Plan has
been scheduled for December 1, 1999 at 11:30 a.m., Eastern Standard Time before
the Honorable Peter J. Walsh, United States Bankruptcy Judge at the United
States Bankruptcy Court, 824 Market Street, 6th Floor, Wilmington, Delaware
19801. The Confirmation Hearing may be adjourned from time to time by the
Bankruptcy Court without further notice except for an announcement of the
adjourned date made at the Confirmation Hearing. Any objection to confirmation
60
<PAGE>
must be made in writing and specify in detail the name and address of the
objector, all grounds for the objection and the amount of the Claim or number of
shares of stock held by the objector. Any such objection must be filed with the
Bankruptcy Court and served so that it is received by the Bankruptcy Court and
the following parties on or before November __, 1999 at 5:00 p.m., Eastern
Standard Time:
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED
2200 Eller Drive
P.O. Box 13038
Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33316
Attn: Robert B. Lamm, Esq.
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
Co-Counselfor the Debtors and Debtors in Possession
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036-7798
Attn: Robert J. Feinstein, Esq.
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP
Co-Counselfor the Debtors and Debtors in Possession
Rodney Square North, 11th Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, DE 19899-0391
Attn: Laura Davis Jones, Esq.
Dennis F. Dunne, Esq.
MILBANK, TWEED, HADLEY & McCLOY LLP
Co-Counsel for the Creditors' Committee
One Chase Manhattan Plaza
New York, NY 10005-1413
Attn: Luc A. Despins, Esq.
Dennis F. Dunne, Esq.
ASHBY & GEDDES
One Rodney Square
P.O. Box 1150
Wilmington, DE 19899
Attn: William P. Bowden, Esq.
Objections to confirmation of the Plan are governed by Bankruptcy Rule 9014.
C. Confirmation
At the Confirmation Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court will confirm the Plan
only if all of the requirements of Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code are met.
Among the requirements for confirmation of a plan are that the plan is (i)
accepted by all impaired classes of claims and equity interests or, if rejected
by
61
<PAGE>
an impaired class, that the plan "does not discriminate unfairly" and is "fair
and equitable" as to such class, (ii) feasible, and (iii) in the "best
interests" of creditors and stockholders which are impaired under the plan.
1. Acceptance
Classes 4, 5A, 6 and 8 of the Plan are impaired under the Plan and are
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. The Debtors reserve the right to
seek nonconsensual confirmation of the Plan under Section 1129(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Class of Claims or Interests that rejects or
is deemed to reject the Plan.
2. Unfair Discrimination and Fair and Equitable Tests
To obtain nonconsensual confirmation of the Plan, it must be
demonstrated to the Bankruptcy Court that the Plan "does not discriminate
unfairly" and is "fair and equitable" with respect to each impaired,
nonaccepting Class. The Bankruptcy Code provides a non-exclusive definition of
the phrase "fair and equitable." The Bankruptcy Code establishes "cram down"
tests for secured creditors, unsecured creditors and equity holders, as follows:
a. Secured Creditors
Either (i) each impaired secured creditor retains its liens securing
its secured claim and receives on account of its secured claim deferred cash
payments having a present value equal to the amount of its allowed secured
claim, (ii) each impaired secured creditor realizes the "indubitable equivalent"
of its allowed secured claim or (iii) the property securing the claim is sold
free and clear of liens with such liens to attach to the proceeds of the sale
and the treatment of such liens on proceeds is provided in clause (i) or (ii) of
this subparagraph.
b. Unsecured Creditors
Either (i) each impaired unsecured creditor receives or retains under
the plan property of a value equal to the amount of its allowed claim or (ii)
the holders of claims and interests that are junior to the claims of the
dissenting class will not receive or retain any property under the plan.
c. Interests
Either (i) each holder of an equity interest will receive or retain
under the plan property of a value equal to the greatest of the fixed
liquidation preference to which such holder is entitled, the fixed redemption
price to which such holder is entitled or the value of the interest or (ii) the
holder of an interest that is junior to the nonaccepting class will not receive
or retain any property under the plan.
The Debtors believe that the Plan and the treatment of all Classes of
Claims and Interests under the Plan satisfy the foregoing requirements for
nonconsensual confirmation of the Plan.
62
<PAGE>
3. Feasibility
The Bankruptcy Code requires that confirmation of a plan is not likely
to be followed by liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization.
For purposes of determining whether the Plan meets this requirement, the Debtors
have analyzed the Reorganized Debtors' ability to meet their obligations under
the Plan. As part of this analysis, the Debtors have prepared consolidated
projections of the Reorganized Debtors' financial performance for the four
fiscal years in the period ending December 31, 2003 (the "Projection Period").
These projections, and the assumptions on which they are based, are included in
Reorganized HMI's Projected Financial Information annexed hereto as Exhibit E.
Based upon such projections, the Debtors believe that the Reorganized Debtors
will be able to make all payments required pursuant to the Plan and, therefore,
that confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by liquidation or the
need for further reorganization. The Debtors further believe that Reorganized
Debtors will be able to repay or refinance any and all of the then-outstanding
secured indebtedness under the Plan at or prior to the maturity of such
indebtedness.
The Projected Financial Information appended to this Disclosure
Statement as Exhibit E includes the following:
o Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet of Reorganized HMI as of
November 30, 1999;
o Projected Consolidated Balance Sheet of Reorganized HMI for
each of the four fiscal years through the year ending December
31, 2003;
o Projected Consolidated Income Statements of Reorganized HMI
for each of the four fiscal years through the year ending
December 31, 2003;
o Projected Consolidated Cash Flow Statements of Reorganized HMI
for each of the four fiscal years through the year ending
December 31, 2003.
The pro forma financial information and the projections are based on
the assumption that the Plan will be confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court and, for
projection purposes, that the Effective Date of the Plan and the initial
distributions thereunder take place as of November 30, 1999. Although the
projections and information are based upon a November 30, 1999, Effective Date,
the Debtors believe that an actual Effective Date later in 1999 would not have
any material effect on the projections.
The Debtors have prepared these financial projections based upon
certain assumptions which they believes to be reasonable under the
circumstances. Those assumptions considered to be significant are described in
the Projected Financial Information, annexed hereto as Exhibit E. The Projected
Financial Information has not been examined or compiled by independent
accountants. The Debtors make no representation as to the accuracy of the
projections or the Reorganized Debtors' ability to achieve the projected
results. Many of the assumptions on which the projections are based are subject
to significant uncertainties. See Section IX.A., "Certain Risk Factors to be
Considered, Projected Financial Information." Inevitably, some assumptions will
not materialize and unanticipated events and circumstances may affect the actual
financial results. Therefore, the actual results achieved throughout the
Projection Period may vary from the projected results and the variations may be
material. All holders of Claims and Interests that are entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan are urged to examine carefully all of the assumptions
on which the Projected Financial Information is based in evaluating the Plan.
63
<PAGE>
4. Best Interests Test
With respect to each impaired Class of Claims and Interests,
confirmation of the Plan requires that each holder of a Claim or Interest either
(i) accept the Plan or (ii) receive or retain under the Plan property of a
value, as of the Effective Date, that is not less than the amount such holder
would receive or retain if the Debtors were liquidated under Chapter 7 of the
Bankruptcy Code. To determine what holders of Claims and Interests of each
impaired Class would receive if the Debtors were liquidated under Chapter 7, the
Bankruptcy Court must determine the dollar amount that would be generated from
the liquidation of the Debtors' assets and properties in the context of a
Chapter 7 liquidation case. The cash amount which would be available for
satisfaction of Unsecured Claims and Interests would consist of the proceeds
resulting from the disposition of the unencumbered assets of the Debtors,
augmented by the unencumbered cash held by the Debtors at the time of the
commencement of the liquidation case. Such cash amount would be reduced by the
amount of the costs and expenses of the liquidation and by such additional
administrative and priority claims that may result from the termination of the
Debtors' businesses and the use of Chapter 7 for the purposes of liquidation.
The Debtors' costs of liquidation under chapter 7 would include the
fees payable to a trustee in bankruptcy, as well as those which might be payable
to attorneys and other professionals that such a trustee may engage. In
addition, claims would arise by reason of the breach or rejection of obligations
incurred and leases and executory contracts assumed or entered into by the
Debtors in Possession during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases. The foregoing
types of claims and other claims which may arise in a liquidation case or result
from the pending Chapter 11 Cases, including any unpaid expenses incurred by the
Debtors in Possession during the Chapter 11 Cases such as compensation for
attorneys, financial advisors and accountants, would be paid in full from the
liquidation proceeds before the balance of those proceeds would be made
available to pay prepetition Unsecured Claims.
To determine if the Plan is in the best interests of each impaired
class, the present value of the distributions from the proceeds of the
liquidation of the Debtors' unencumbered assets and properties, after
subtracting the amounts attributable to the foregoing Claims, are then compared
with the value of the property offered to such Classes of Claims and Interests
under the Plan.
After considering the effects that a Chapter 7 liquidation would have
on the ultimate proceeds available for distribution to creditors in the Chapter
11 Cases, including (i) the increased costs and expenses of a liquidation under
chapter 7 arising from fees payable to a trustee in bankruptcy and professional
advisors to such trustee, (ii) the erosion in value of assets in a chapter 7
case in the context of the expeditious liquidation required under Chapter 7 and
the "forced sale" atmosphere that would prevail and (iii) the substantial
increases in Claims which would be satisfied on a priority basis or on parity
with creditors in the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors have determined that
confirmation of the Plan will provide each holder of an Allowed Claim or Equity
Interest with a recovery that is not less than such holder would receive
pursuant to liquidation of the Debtors under Chapter 7.
The Debtors also believe that the value of any distributions to each
Class of Allowed Claims in a Chapter 7 case, including all Secured Claims, would
be less than the value of distributions under the Plan because such
distributions in a Chapter 7 case would not occur for a substantial period of
time. It is likely
64
<PAGE>
that distribution of the proceeds of the liquidation could be delayed for two
years after the completion of such liquidation in order to resolve claims and
prepare for distributions. In the likely event litigation was necessary to
resolve claims asserted in the Chapter 7 case, the delay could be prolonged.
The HMI Liquidation Analysis is attached hereto as Exhibit F. The
information set forth in Exhibit F provides a summary of the liquidation values
of the Debtors' assets assuming a Chapter 7 liquidation in which a trustee
appointed by the Bankruptcy Court would liquidate the assets of the Debtors'
estate. Reference should be made to the Liquidation Analysis for a complete
discussion and presentation of the Liquidation Analysis.
Underlying the Liquidation Analysis are a number of estimates and
assumptions that, although developed and considered reasonable by management,
are inherently subject to significant economic and competitive uncertainties and
contingencies beyond the control of the Debtors and management. The Liquidation
Analysis is also based upon assumptions with regard to liquidation decisions
that are subject to change. Accordingly, the values reflected may not be
realized if the Debtors were, in fact, to undergo such a liquidation. The
liquidation period is assumed to be a period of approximately six months,
allowing for the (i) discontinuation of operations, (ii) sale of assets, and
(iii) collection of receivables.
D. Consummation
The Plan will be consummated following the Effective Date. The
Effective Date of the Plan is the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date on
which the conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Plan, as set forth in
Section 10.1 thereof, are satisfied or waived. For a more detailed discussion of
the conditions precedent to the Plan and the impact of the failure to meet such
conditions, see Section V.B.4, "The Plan of Reorganization, Summary of Other
Provisions of the Plan, Conditions Precedent to the Plan."
The Plan is to be implemented pursuant to the provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code.
E. Exit Financing
In order to consummate the Plan, Reorganized HMI and its debtor and
non-debtor subsidiaries will enter into a credit facility (the "Exit Financing
Facility") to repay the $240 million term loan and fund working capital
requirements in the amount of not less than $75 million and in any case in an
amount which, as reasonably determined by the Debtors, will provide the
Reorganized Debtors with adequate working capital. In addition, the Exit
Financing Facility may be used for trade letters of credit and standby letters
of credit. It is expected that the Exit Financing Facility will be secured by
all of the Company's unencumbered assets, and contain customary affirmative and
negative covenants, financial covenants and events of default.
VII. MANAGEMENT OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR
As of the Effective Date, the management, control and operation of the
Reorganized Debtors will become the general responsibility of their respective
Boards of Directors.
65
<PAGE>
A. Board of Directors and Management
1. Composition of the Board of Directors
As of the Effective Date, the Board of Directors of Reorganized HMI
shall initially consist of nine individuals designated by the Creditors'
Committee after consultation with the Debtors, whose names shall be disclosed
prior to the hearing to consider confirmation of the Plan.
2. Identity of Officers and Directors
It is currently anticipated that the current officers of the Debtor
immediately prior to the Effective Date will continue in their then current
positions as the initial officers of Reorganized HMI. Set forth below is the
name, age and position with Hvide of each current officer, together with a
description of each officer's prior business experience. Also set forth is the
same information with regard to the current directors of HMI.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Age Current Position
<S> <C> <C>
Jean Fitzgerald (1) 73 Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director
John H. Blankley (1)(2) 51 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Director
Eugene F. Sweeney (1) 56 Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and
Director
Andrew W. Brauninger 53 Senior Vice President--Offshore Division and
President--Seabulk Offshore, Ltd.
Robert B. Lamm 52 Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Walter S. Zorkers 53 Senior Vice President--Corporate Development
Leo T. Carey 47 Vice President--Ship Management
Arthur T. Denning 44 Vice President--Engineering
James S. Kimbrell 60 Vice President and President of Hvide Marine Towing,
Inc.
William R. Ludt 52 Vice President, President--Sun State Marine Services,
Inc. and Managing Director of Seabulk Offshore, Ltd.
John J. O'Connell, Jr. 55 Vice President--Corporate Communications
L. Stephen Willrich 47 Vice President and President--Ocean Specialty Tankers
Corporation
Robert B. Calhoun, Jr. (2)(3) 56 Director
Gerald Farmer (3)(4) 54 Director
J. Erik Hvide (1)(2) 51 Director
John J. Lee (4) 62 Director
Josiah O. Low, III (4) 60 Director
Walter C. Mink (3) 73 Director
Robert Rice (3) 77 Director
</TABLE>
66
<PAGE>
Raymond B. Vickers (4) 50 Director
(1) Member of the Executive Committee.
(2) Member of the Special Acquisitions Committee.
(3) Member of the Audit Committee.
(4) Member of the Compensation Committee.
Mr. Fitzgerald has been Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Company since June 2, 1999. He has served as a director of the Company
since March 1994. Since 1992, he has served as the Chairman of Florida Alliance,
Inc., a consortium of maritime interests. From 1990 to 1992, he was Executive
Vice President of NDE Testing & Equipment, Inc., a nationwide storage-tank
testing company. From 1988 to 1990, he was with Frederic R. Harris, Inc., an
international consulting engineering firm. Mr. Fitzgerald was a co-founder and
the President of American Tank Testing Service, Inc., a firm that was
subsequently acquired by NDE Environmental Corporation, from 1986 to 1987. In
1982 and 1983, he served as the Company's Vice President for Governmental
Affairs. His other business experience includes service as President of Tracor
Marine, Inc. from 1976 to 1979 and Director of Engineering of Tracor's Systems
Technology Division from 1974 to 1976. Mr. Fitzgerald retired from the U.S. Navy
in 1974 in the rank of Captain. During his naval career he commanded major fleet
units at sea and served in the offices of the Chief of Naval Operations and the
Secretary of Defense. He is a past Commissioner and Chairman of the Port
Everglades Authority.
Mr. Blankley has been a director of the Company since 1991 and
Executive Vice President--Chief Financial Officer since September 1995. He
served as a director and Chief Financial Officer of Harris Chemical Group Inc.,
a chemical manufacturing company, from April 1993 to August 1994. He served as
Executive Vice President--Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Stolt-Nielsen,
Inc., a publicly traded international operator of specialty chemical tankers,
from 1985 to 1991. From 1983 until 1985, Mr. Blankley was a director, Senior
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of BP North America Inc. Mr. Blankley
is also a director of MC Shipping, a publicly traded operator of petroleum
product and gas carriers and multi-purpose container feeder vessels.
Mr. Sweeney has been Chief Operating Officer since April 1998,
Executive Vice President since September 1994 and a director since 1984. He was
Senior Vice President--Operations of the Company from 1991 to September 1994. He
joined the Company in 1981 as Vice President--Ship Management. Prior to joining
the Company, Mr. Sweeney was employed for 17 years by Texaco, Inc., where he
served in seagoing and shore management positions, including operations manager
of Texaco's U.S. tanker fleet. Mr. Sweeney is on the board of directors of the
Chamber of Shipping of America and is a member of the American Bureau of
Shipping.
Mr. Brauninger has been Senior Vice President--Offshore Division since
August 1997. He was Vice President--Offshore Division from 1990 until July 1997
and has been President of Seabulk Offshore, Ltd., the Company's offshore energy
support services subsidiary, since September 1994. He was Vice President of
Offshore Operations from 1990 to September 1994 and Vice President--Development
from 1989 to 1990. From 1987 to 1989, Mr. Brauninger was President of OMI
Offshore Services, Inc., an operator of offshore
67
<PAGE>
service vessels. Previously, he was employed by Sabine Towing and Transportation
Company, where he held a variety of posts including Vice President--Harbor
Division.
Mr. Lamm has been Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
since July 1998. He was formerly Vice President and Secretary of W. R. Grace &
Co., where he was employed for more than 18 years. Prior to that, he served as
Assistant Secretary of Studebaker-Worthington, Inc. and was earlier associated
with the New York law firm of Wofsey, Certilman, Haft, Snow & Becker. He is a
member of the American and New York Bar Associations, an affiliate member of the
Florida Bar and a member and director of the American Society of Corporate
Secretaries and a member of the Society's Securities Law and Finance Committees.
Mr. Lamm is President and a director of the Alzheimer's Association Greater Palm
Beach Area Chapter and a director of the Association of Public Corporations
(Miami).
Mr. Zorkers has been Senior Vice President--Corporate Development since
April 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Zorkers was the principal of
Commonwealth Management Group, a management consulting firm. From 1993 to 1995
he served as Executive Vice President of Boston Pacific Medical, Inc., a
manufacturer of disposable medical products, and from 1991 to 1993 he was a
Senior Vice President of Metcalf & Eddy, Inc., an environmental engineering and
consulting firm.
Mr. Carey has been Vice President--Ship Management since November 1996.
He previously served as Director of Operations for the Company's fleet of
chemical and petroleum product carriers. He joined the Company in 1981 as
Superintendent Engineer. Prior to that, he served with El Paso Marine Co. as a
deck officer and maintenance manager.
Mr. Denning has been Vice President--Engineering since August 1997. He
previously served as Director of Engineering of the Company from November 1994
to July 1997, and as Superintendent Engineering from September 1986 to October
1994.
Mr. Kimbrell has been a Vice President of the Company and President of
Hvide Marine Towing, Inc. since August 1998. He was formerly Executive Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer and a director of Bay Transportation Company,
Inc. of Tampa, Florida, which the Company acquired in October 1997. He joined
the former St. Philip Towing in 1965. He is a member of the American Waterways
Operators, the Tampa Club, the University Club (Tampa) and the Harvard Business
School Club of the West Coast of Florida.
Mr. Ludt has been Vice President since January 1995. He has also been a
managing director of Seabulk Offshore, Ltd. since September 1998 and the
President of Sun State Marine Services, Inc., the Company's energy tug and barge
subsidiary, since 1994. He was Director--Fleet Operations of the Company from
1982 to 1994. Since joining the Company in 1979, he has also served as Fleet
Manager and Port Engineer. He served as President of the Chemical Carriers
Association from 1989 to 1990 and as its Vice President from 1990 to 1992. Mr.
Ludt has also served on various working groups within the U.S. Coast Guard's
Chemical Transportation Advisory Committee concerning issues such as vapor
control and marine occupational safety and health. Mr. Ludt holds a dual license
as a Third Mate and Third Assistant Engineer, Steam and Motor Vessels.
68
<PAGE>
Mr. O'Connell has been Vice President--Corporate Communications since
August 1996, when he joined the Company. From September 1995 to August 1996 he
was an independent consultant. Previously, he served in a variety of management
positions with W. R. Grace & Co. for 20 years, most recently as Director of
Public Affairs. Mr. O'Connell was a member of the President's Private Sector
Survey on Cost Control in the Federal Government from 1982 to 1984.
Mr. Willrich has been a Vice President of the Company and President of
OSTC since March 1998. He was Senior Vice President of OSTC from August 1996. He
served as Vice President of Chartering of OSTC from January 1988. Prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Willrich was employed by Diamond Shamrock Chemical
Company from 1975 to 1988, where he rose to Division General Manager. Prior to
his service with Diamond Shamrock, he worked for Gulf Oil Corporation as a Third
Assistant Engineer on various company tankers. He has more than 24 years of
experience in the management of Jones Act product tankers.
Mr. Calhoun has been a director of the Company since September 1994.
Mr. Calhoun has been a Managing Director of Monitor Clipper Partners, L.P., a
private investment firm, since 1997. Mr. Calhoun has been President of Clipper
Asset Management Corporation, the sole general partner of The Clipper Group,
L.P., a private investment firm, since 1991. From 1975 to 1991, Mr. Calhoun was
a Managing Director of CS First Boston Corporation, an investment banking firm.
Mr. Calhoun serves as a director of Avondale Mills, Inc., a textile company,
Interstate Bakeries Corporation, a national distributor of baked goods, as well
as several privately held companies.
Mr. Farmer has served as a director of the Company since 1975. He was
Executive Vice President--Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company
from September 1994 until September 1, 1995. In September 1995 Mr. Farmer
retired as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and continued to serve as an
Executive Vice President of the Company through December 15, 1995. He was Senior
Vice President--Finance and Administration from January 1991 to September 1994,
having joined the Company in 1973 as Vice President--Finance. From 1967 to 1973,
Mr. Farmer was a Certified Public Accountant with Haskins & Sells, the
international auditing firm. He is President of JLF Investments, Inc., an
investment management and financial advisory firm and is a past member of both
the American Institute and Florida Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
Mr. Hvide has served as a director of the Company since 1973. Until his
resignation on June 2, 1999, he had served as the Company's President and Chief
Executive Officer since 1991 and its Chairman since September 1994. Mr. Hvide is
a past director of the American Waterways Operators, a participant on the
Transportation Committee of the American Petroleum Institute, a member of the
American Bureau of Shipping, a past Chairman of the Board of the American
Institute of Merchant Shipping and a past appointee to the U.S. Coast Guard's
Towing Safety Advisory Committee. In 1998, he was inducted into the
International Maritime Hall of Fame. He is a past president of the Port
Everglades Association and a former director of the United Way of Broward
County. Mr. Hvide is the son of Hans J. Hvide, the founder of the Company.
Mr. Lee has been a director of the Company since September 1994 and is
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Hexcel Corporation, an advanced
materials manufacturer. Mr. Lee has been
69
<PAGE>
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Lee Development Corporation,
a corporation providing investment and merchant banking services, since 1987. He
was a director of XTRA Corporation, a Massachusetts-based transportation and
equipment leasing company, from 1990 through January 1996 and a director of
Aviva Petroleum, Inc. from 1993 to 1998. Mr. Lee also served as Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of Seminole Corporation, a fertilizer manufacturer, from
July 1989 through April 1993 and director of Tosco Corporation, a refiner, from
April 1988 through April 1993 and was President and Chief Operating Officer of
Tosco Corporation from April 1990 through April 1993.
Mr. Low has been a director of the Company since March 1998. He has
been an investment banker with Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation since 1985, where he is currently a Managing Director. Mr. Low
serves as a director of Musicland Stores Corporation, Centex Development
Corporation and St. Laurent Paperboard, Inc.
Mr. Mink has been a director of the Company since October 1990. He is
President of Walter C. Mink & Associates, a maritime advisory and consulting
firm in Las Vegas, Nevada. From 1978 to 1986, Mr. Mink was President of Mobil
Shipping and Transportation Company. Previously, he was President of Seabrokers,
Inc., a marine brokerage firm, and was earlier employed by Lago Oil, Esso
Tankers and Mobil Oil Transport. Mr. Mink is a director of First Olsen Tankers
Ltd. He served on the Board of Managers of the American Bureau of Shipping and
is a member of the Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers.
Mr. Rice has been a director of the Company since January 1992. A
financial consultant, he was Senior Vice President of Citibank, N.A. from 1954
to his retirement in 1983. Mr. Rice is a director of ATCO Ltd., First Olsen
Tankers Ltd. and Pride Refining Inc.
Dr. Vickers has been a director of the Company since March 1994. An
attorney in private practice in Florida, he has represented more than a hundred
financial institutions. He is the author of Panic in Paradise: Florida's Banking
Crash of 1926 and an adjunct professor of U.S. economic and business history at
Florida State University. From 1975 to 1979, he served as Assistant Comptroller
of the State of Florida.
B. Compensation of Executive Officers
A presentation of the compensation of the five most highly compensated
executive officers whose individual remuneration exceeded $100,000 for 1996,
1997 and 1998, including the former Chief Executive Officer, J. Erik Hvide, is
set forth in the Form 10-K/A Amendment to HMI's 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K
(Exhibit C).
C. New Long-Term Incentive Plan
The New Long-Term Incentive Plan, a copy of which is annexed hereto as
Exhibit G, will become effective on the Effective Date, subject to its approval
by Reorganized HMI's stockholders within 12 months of such adoption. The New
Long-Term Incentive Plan will replace the existing Stock Plans which will
terminate on the Effective Date.
The principal features of the New Long-Term Incentive Plan are as
follows:
70
<PAGE>
A total of 500,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock will be reserved for
issuance upon the exercise of options to be issued pursuant to the New Long-Term
Incentive Plan which will be adopted and become effective on the Effective Date.
The exercise period of the options will be seven (7) years, subject to an
earlier exercise requirement in the event that a recipient of options
voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company or is terminated for
cause. Of those options, a total of 200,000 will be allocated on the Effective
Date to senior employees of the Company; 100,000 will vest automatically on the
Effective Date of the Plan and another 100,000 options will vest automatically
on the 61st day following the Effective Date. The exercise price of those
200,000 options will be established based upon the reorganized value of the
Company as of the Effective Date of the Plan. Set forth below is a table
summarizing the allocation of the 200,000 options that will vest on the
Effective Date.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Options
per Options At Effective Date
Position Number Employee Allocated Confirmation + 60 days
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Chief Executive Officer 1 20,000 20,000 10,000 10,000
Executive Vice President 2 18,000 36,000 18,000 18,000
Senior Vice President 3 16,000 48,000 24,000 24,000
Vice President & MD's 10 8,000 80,000 40,000 40,000
Other key employees 8 2,000 16,000 8,000 8,000
Total 24 62,000 200,000 100,000 100,000
</TABLE>
The 300,000 options that will not be allocated on the Effective Date
will be awarded following the Effective Date based upon incentive programs to be
developed by the Board of Directors of Reorganized HMI.
D. Post-Effective Date Security Ownership
of Certain Beneficial Owners
The following table sets forth those entities which, to the knowledge
of the Debtor, will own beneficially more than five percent of the New HMI
Common Stock as of the Effective Date:
Loomis Sayles & Company, L.P.
71
<PAGE>
VIII. APPLICABILITY OF FEDERAL AND OTHER SECURITIES
LAWS TO THE REORGANIZED HMI COMMON STOCK AND
CLASS A WARRANTS TO BE DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE PLAN
A. Issuance Of Securities
1. Generally
The Confirmation Order will authorize the issuance of the New HMI
Common Stock (including the New HMI Common Stock issuable on exercise of the
Class A Warrants) and the Class A Warrants (collectively, the "New Securities")
to be issued under the Plan. The New Securities distributed to holders of
Allowed Claims and Interests will be issued without registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or under any state or
local law, in reliance on the exemptions set forth in Section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code.
In order for the issuance of New Securities to be exempt from
registration under Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, three principal
requirements must be satisfied: (a) the securities must be issued by a debtor,
its successor under a plan of reorganization, or an affiliate participating in a
joint plan of reorganization with the debtor (for this purpose Reorganized HMI
is considered a debtor or the successor to HMI); (b) each recipient of the
securities must hold a claim against the debtor or an affiliate, an interest in
the debtor or an affiliate, or a claim for an administrative expense against the
debtor or an affiliate; and (c) the securities must be issued in exchange for
the recipient's claim against or interest in the debtor or an affiliate, or
"principally" in such exchange and "partly" for cash or other property.
The Debtors believe that the issuance of the New Securities will
satisfy all three requirements because (a) the securities to be issued will be
securities of Reorganized HMI, which is a debtor or a successor thereto, and the
issuance of the securities is specifically mandated under the Plan; (b) the
recipients of the securities are holders of Claims or Interests; and (c) the
recipients of the securities will receive such securities in exchange for their
Claims and Interests.
2. Resale Considerations
The Debtors believe that the resale or disposition by the recipients of
the New Securities will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act if
the recipients are not deemed to be "underwriters" under Section 1145(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code. Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code defines four types of
underwriters: (a) a person who purchases a claim against, interest in, or claim
for administrative expense in the case concerning, a debtor with a view to
distributing any security received in exchange for that claim or interest; (b) a
person who offers to sell securities offered or sold under a plan for the
holders of those securities; (c) a person who offers to buy those securities
from the holders of those securities, if the offer is (i) made with a view to
distribution of the securities, and (ii) made under an agreement made in
connection with the plan, its consummation or the offer or sale of securities
under the plan; and (d) a person who is an "issuer" with respect to the
securities as the term "issuer" is defined in Section 2(11) of the Securities
Act.
Under Section 2(11) of the Securities Act an "issuer" will include any
person directly or indirectly
72
<PAGE>
controlling or controlled by Reorganized HMI, or any person under direct or
indirect common control with Reorganized HMI (an "Affiliate"). Whether a person
is an Affiliate, and therefore an "underwriter", with respect to Reorganized HMI
for purposes of Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code will depend on a number
of factors. These factors include: (a) the person's equity interest in
Reorganized HMI; (b) the distribution and concentration of other equity
interests in Reorganized HMI; (c) whether the person is an officer or director
of Reorganized HMI; (d) whether the person, either alone or acting in concert
with others, has a contractual or other relationship giving that person power
over management policies and decisions of Reorganized HMI; and (e) whether the
person actually has that power notwithstanding the absence of formal indicia of
control. An officer or director of Reorganized HMI may be deemed an Affiliate.
To the extent that a person deemed to be an "underwriter" receives
securities, resales by that person would not be exempted by Section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act except in "ordinary
trading transactions" (within the meaning of Section 1145(b)(1) of the
Bankruptcy Code).
The Bankruptcy Code does not define the term "ordinary trading
transactions," and the SEC has not given definitive guidance with respect to the
proper construction of the term. In a no-action letter the staff of the SEC has,
however, concurred in the view that a transaction will be an "ordinary trading
transaction" if it is carried out on an exchange or in the over-the-counter
market at a time when the issuer of the traded securities is a reporting company
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and does not
involve any of the following factors:
(i) (x) concerted action by two or more recipients of
securities issued under a plan of reorganization in connection with the
sale of those securities, or (y) concerted action by distributors on
behalf of one or more such recipients in connection with sales;
(ii) the preparation or use of informational documents
concerning the offering of the securities to assist in the resale of
the securities, other than the disclosure statement approved in
connection with the plan (and any supplement thereto) and documents
filed with the SEC by the debtor or the reorganized company pursuant to
the Exchange Act; or
(iii) special compensation to brokers or dealers in connection
with the sale of the securities designed as a special incentive to
resell the securities, other than compensation that would be paid
pursuant to arm's-length negotiations between a seller and a broker or
dealer, each acting unilaterally, that is not greater than the
compensation that would be paid for a routine similar-sized sale of
similar securities of a similar issuer.
In addition, a person deemed to be an "underwriter" solely because he
is an Affiliate may be able to sell securities without registration, in
accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits public sales of
securities received pursuant to a plan by statutory underwriters subject to
volume limitations and certain other conditions. Based on the views of the SEC
expressed in no-action letters, a person deemed to be an underwriter solely
because he is an Affiliate may be able to sell securities without registration
in accordance with Rule 144, without complying with the holding period
requirement of Rule 144(d).
73
<PAGE>
Because of the complex, subjective nature of the question whether a
particular holder may be an underwriter, the Debtors make no representation
concerning the ability of any person to dispose of the New Securities. The
Debtors recommend that recipients of securities under the Plan consult with
their own counsel concerning the limitations on their ability to dispose of
those securities.
3. Delivery of Disclosure Statement
Under Section 1145(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code, "stockbrokers" (as
that term is defined in Section 101(53A) of the Bankruptcy Code) are required to
deliver to their customers, for the first 40 days after the Effective Date of
the Plan, a copy of this Disclosure Statement (and any supplement to it ordered
by the Bankruptcy Court) at or before the time of delivery of any security
issued under the Plan. This requirement specifically applies to trading and
other after-market transactions in the securities issued under the Plan. In this
regard, however, the staff of the SEC has stated in no-action letters that when
a company is and will be a "reporting person" required to file current
information with the SEC under the Exchange Act, it would not recommend
enforcement action if a stockbroker did not comply with the disclosure statement
delivery requirements of Section 1145(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code. HMI has
complied, and following the Effective Date of the Plan, Reorganized HMI will
comply, with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, including by the
filing of Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and other
required information.
IX. CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED
HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AGAINST AND INTERESTS IN THE DEBTORS SHOULD READ AND
CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE FACTORS SET FORTH BELOW, AS WELL AS THE OTHER INFORMATION
SET FORTH IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT (AND THE DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TOGETHER
HEREWITH AND/OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN), PRIOR TO VOTING TO ACCEPT OR
REJECT THE PLAN. THESE RISK FACTORS SHOULD NOT, HOWEVER, BE REGARDED AS
CONSTITUTING THE ONLY RISKS INVOLVED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PLAN AND ITS
IMPLEMENTATION.
The ultimate recoveries under the Plan to holders of Claims (other than
those holders whose Claims are paid in Cash or are Reinstated under the Plan)
and Interests depend upon the realizable value of the New HMI Common Stock and
Class A Warrants to be issued pursuant to the Plan. The New Securities to be
issued pursuant to the Plan are subject to a number of material risks,
including, but not limited to, those specified below. The factors specified
below assume that the Plan is approved by the Bankruptcy Court and that the
Effective Date occurs on or about October 31, 1999. Prior to voting on the Plan,
each holder of a Claim or Interest entitled to vote should carefully consider
the risk factors specified or referred to below, the Exhibits annexed hereto, as
well as all of the information contained in the Plan and all exhibits thereto.
A. Projected Financial Information
The Projected Financial Information included in this Disclosure
Statement is dependent upon the successful implementation of the business plan
upon which the Projected Financial Information is based and upon the validity of
the other assumptions contained therein. These projections reflect numerous
74
<PAGE>
assumptions, including confirmation and consummation of the Plan in accordance
with its terms, the anticipated future performance of Hvide, industry
performance, certain assumptions with respect to competitors of Hvide, general
business and economic conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond the
control of Hvide. In addition, unanticipated events and circumstances occurring
subsequent to the preparation of the Projected Financial Information may affect
the actual financial results of Hvide. Moreover, there is an inherent
uncertainty as to questions of valuation of the New HMI Common Stock for tax
purposes. Although the Debtors believe that the assumptions are reasonable,
there is a risk that the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") will challenge these
assumptions, which could affect Hvide's ability to utilize its pre-confirmation
net operating losses, resulting in increased federal income taxes due in any
given year. Although the Debtors believe that the projections are reasonably
attainable, some or all of the estimates will vary and variations between the
actual financial results and those projected may be material.
B. Depressed Industry Conditions and Substantial Cash
Requirements Have Adversely Affected the Company's Liquidity
Since mid-1998, there has been a severe downturn in offshore oil and
gas exploration, development and production activities in the Gulf of Mexico. A
similar downturn began in late 1998 in international markets. These downturns
are primarily a result of a worldwide decline in oil and gas prices. This has
resulted in a substantial decline in offshore energy support vessel day rates
and utilization, which has adversely affected the Company's operating results.
For supply boats operated by the Company in the Gulf of Mexico, average day
rates declined from $8,214 during the second quarter of 1998 to $4,049 in the
second quarter of 1999, while utilization declined from 80% to 69%. For anchor
handling tug/supply boats operated by the Company in foreign waters, average day
rates declined from $6,008 in the second quarter of 1998 to $5,433 in the second
quarter of 1999, while utilization declined from 77% to 49%. As a result, the
Company experienced a decline in revenue from $195.8 million for the second
quarter of 1998 to $160.5 million for the second quarter of 1999 and a decline
in EBITDA from $72.5 million to $32.7 million for the same periods. The Company
reported a net loss of $32.8 million for the second quarter of 1999 as compared
to net income of $15.0 million for the same period in 1998. The Company
experienced further declines in vessel day rates and utilization in some of its
operating sectors during the second quarter of 1999.
For the six months ending December 31, 1999, the Company estimates
that, in addition to working capital requirements, its cash requirements will be
approximately $35.9 million consisting of approximately $21.7 million for
principal and interest payments on its debt and capital leases (at current
rates), approximately $12 million for vessel maintenance and improvements and
approximately $2.2 million for vessel operating lease obligations. Assuming that
industry conditions do not improve significantly, the Company's cash flow from
operations and cash on hand will not be sufficient to satisfy its short-term
working capital needs, capital expenditures, debt service requirements and lease
and other payment obligations.
C. Recent Adverse Publicity About the Company,
Including its Chapter 11 Filing, Has Harmed the Company's
Ability to Compete in Highly Competitive Businesses
The marine transportation industry is highly competitive, and some of
the Company's competitors
75
<PAGE>
have significantly greater financial resources than the Company. Recent adverse
publicity concerning the Company's financial condition has harmed its ability to
attract new customers and its ability to maintain favorable relationships with
its existing customers and suppliers. For example, some of the Company's
suppliers are requiring cash payments rather than extending credit, which
adversely affects the Company's liquidity. Further, as a result of the Company's
current financial condition, it has experienced attrition of employees in key
functions. This attrition has had and is likely to continue to have an adverse
effect on its ability to compete.
D. The Company Is Dependent on the Oil and Gas Industry, Which Is Cyclical
The Company's business and operations are substantially dependent upon
conditions in the oil and gas industry, particularly expenditures by oil and gas
companies for offshore exploration and production activities. These
expenditures, and hence the demand for offshore energy support and
transportation services, are directly influenced by oil and gas prices,
expectations concerning future prices, the cost of producing and delivering oil
and gas and government regulation and policies regarding exploration and
development of oil and gas reserves, including the ability of OPEC to set and
maintain production levels and prices. Since mid-1998, there has been a severe
downturn in the level of offshore exploration and production activity, which has
adversely affected the rates for and utilization of the Company's offshore
energy support vessels. Offshore exploration and production expenditures are not
expected to increase in the near future. The Company's business will continue to
be adversely affected by oil and gas prices until there is a significant,
sustained increase in such prices. It cannot be predicted when prices might
reach a level that will significantly reverse the recent declines in vessel
utilization and rates.
E. Excess Vessel Supply and Vessel Newbuilds Are Depressing
Day Rates and Adversely Affecting Operating Results
In addition to price, service and reputation, which affect all of the
Company's operations, its offshore energy support business is affected by the
supply of and demand for offshore energy support vessels. During periods when
supply exceeds demand, as it currently does, there is significant downward
pressure on the rates at which the Company can contract its vessels. Because
vessel operating costs cannot be significantly reduced, any reduction in rates
adversely affects the Company's results of operations.
F. Excess Vessel Supply and Vessel Newbuilds Are
Likely to Cause Any Recovery of the Offshore
Energy Support Market to Lag Increases in Oil and Gas Prices
Although oil and gas prices have recently increased, there is likely to
be a substantial lag between such increases and any recovery of the offshore
energy support market. Currently, the industry supply of offshore energy support
vessels significantly exceeds the demand for such vessels, and this imbalance is
expected to increase with the delivery of additional vessels currently under
construction or on order. The Company estimates that there are currently
approximately 150 offshore energy support vessel newbuilds scheduled to be
delivered industry-wide by the end of 2000. Newbuilds generally have
substantially more cargo capacity than older vessels, thereby exacerbating the
oversupply. In addition, because the supply of vessels currently exceeds demand,
vessel operators, including the Company, have elected to defer drydocking and
other significant maintenance capital expenditures and have "cold stacked"
vessels, thereby
76
<PAGE>
creating an additional source of vessels if vessel demand increases. Thus,
before there is significant improvement in vessel day rates and utilization,
exploration and production activities will have to increase to levels that will
generate demand for the current excess supply, cold stacked vessels and the
newbuilds that come into service. Such an increase in exploration and production
activities is not expected to occur until there is a significant, sustained
increase in oil and gas prices.
G. The Company May Be at a Competitive Disadvantage in Responding
to Any Improved Demand in the Offshore Energy Support Industry
As a result of its need to reduce capital expenditures, the Company is
deferring required drydockings of a number of its offshore energy support
vessels that are laid up due to lack of demand. If and when increased demand
should provide employment opportunities for these vessels, the Company might not
have the capital resources with which to proceed with the required drydockings
or to proceed with them on as timely a basis as its competitors that have such
resources. The Company estimates that it would require aggregate expenditures of
$10.0 million to return to service its 45 vessels that are currently laid up or
otherwise not in seagoing condition. Additional amounts will be required to
undertake the maintenance that will be deferred in 1999 and future periods as
the Company implements its program to reduce expenditures.
H. The Company's Plans to Cancel the Construction of Vessels
Currently under Construction Could Subject it to Liabilities
As part of its plan to conserve cash, the Company is seeking to cancel
the construction or dispose of three vessels currently under construction. The
aggregate purchase price of these vessels and certain other equipment is $17.2
million, of which $2.8 million had been paid at June 30, 1999. If the Company is
unable to negotiate mutually agreeable arrangements with its shipbuilders and
proceeds with canceling construction of the vessels, the shipbuilders may take
legal action against the Company, which could cause it to incur significant
legal expenses and subject it to significant liability for the remaining cost of
construction.
I. The Company Conducts International Operations,
Which Involve Additional Risks
The Company operates vessels worldwide. Operations outside the United
States involve additional risks, including the possibility of vessel seizure,
foreign taxation, political instability, foreign and domestic monetary and tax
policies, expropriation, nationalization, loss of contract rights, war and civil
disturbances or other risks that may limit or disrupt markets. Additionally, the
Company's ability to compete in the international offshore energy support market
may be adversely affected by foreign government regulations that favor or
require the awarding of contracts to local persons, or that require foreign
persons to employ citizens of, or purchase supplies from, a particular
jurisdiction. Further, the Company's foreign subsidiaries may face
governmentally imposed restrictions on their ability to transfer funds to their
parent company.
J. The Company's Offshore Energy Support Fleet Includes Many Older Vessels
The average age of the Company's offshore energy support vessels (based
on the later of the date of construction or rebuilding) is approximately 16
years, and approximately 31% of these vessels are more than 20 years old. The
Company believes that after a vessel has been in service for approximately 30
years,
77
<PAGE>
repair, vessel certification and maintenance costs may not be economically
justifiable. The Company may not be able to maintain its fleet by extending the
economic life of existing vessels through major refurbishment or by acquiring
new or used vessels.
K. The Company's Business Is Subject to Environmental Risk and Regulations
Current laws and regulations could impose substantial liability on the
Company for damages, remediation costs and penalties associated with oil or
hazardous-substance spills or other discharges into the environment involving
its vessel operations. Its shoreside operations are also subject to federal,
state and local environmental laws and regulations. In addition, tanker owners
and operators are required to establish and maintain evidence of financial
responsibility with respect to potential oil spill liability. The Company
currently satisfies this requirement through self-insurance or third-party
insurance. Amendments to existing laws and regulations or new laws and
regulations may be adopted that could limit the Company's ability to do business
or increase its cost of doing business.
L. The Company's Business Involves Hazardous Activities and Other
Risks of Loss Against Which it May Not Be Adequately Insured
The business of the Company is affected by a number of risks, including
the mechanical failure of its vessels, collisions, vessel loss or damage, cargo
loss or damage, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, the operation of any
vessel is subject to the inherent possibility of a catastrophic marine disaster,
including oil, fuel or chemical spills and other environmental mishaps, as well
as other liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels. Any such event
may result in the loss of revenues and increased costs and other liabilities.
Although the Company's losses from such hazards have not historically exceeded
its insurance coverage, there can be no assurance that this will continue to be
the case.
OPA 90, by imposing virtually unlimited liability upon vessel owners,
operators and certain charterers for certain oil pollution accidents in the
United States, has made liability insurance more expensive and has also prompted
insurers to consider reducing available liability coverage. While the Company
maintains insurance, there can be no assurance that all risks are adequately
insured against, particularly in light of the virtually unlimited liability
imposed by OPA 90, that any particular claim will be paid, or that the Company
will be able to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable
rates in the future. Because it maintains mutual insurance, the Company is
subject to funding requirements and coverage shortfalls in the event claims
exceed available funds and reinsurance, and to premium increases based on prior
loss experience. Any such shortfalls could have a material adverse impact on the
Company.
M. The Company Could Lose Jones Act Protection
A substantial portion of the Company's operations is conducted in the
U.S. domestic trade, which, under the U.S. coastwise laws, or the Jones Act, is
restricted to vessels built in the United States, owned and crewed by U.S.
citizens and registered under U.S. law. There have been repeated attempts to
repeal the Jones Act, and these attempts are expected to continue in the future.
Repeal of the Jones Act would result in additional competition from vessels
built in lower-cost foreign shipyards and manned by foreign nationals
78
<PAGE>
accepting lower wages than U.S. citizens, which could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business.
N. Restriction on Foreign Ownership of Stock
In order to maintain the eligibility of the Company to operate vessels
in the U.S. domestic trade, 75% of each class of the outstanding capital stock,
and voting power, of Reorganized HMI is required to be held by U.S. citizens.
See "Business - Environmental and Other Regulation." Although the New
Certificate for Reorganized HMI contains provisions limiting Non-Citizen
ownership of the capital stock of Reorganized HMI (see Section V.B.8., "Summary
of Other Provisions of the Plan; Reorganized HMI Certificate of Incorporation
and By-laws."), Reorganized HMI could lose its ability to conduct operations in
the U.S. domestic trade if such provisions prove unsuccessful in maintaining the
required level of Citizen ownership. Such loss would have a material adverse
effect on Reorganized HMI.
As a result of this limitation upon the Non-Citizen ownership of New
HMI Common Stock, any Non-Citizen holder of New HMI Common Stock will, to the
extent such ownership would cause 25% of the outstanding New HMI Common Stock to
be held by Non-Citizens, be required to sell its New HMI Common Stock to
Reorganized HMI.
O. The Company Will Have to Remove Some of its
Vessels from the Jones Act Trade
OPA 90 establishes a phase-out schedule, depending upon vessel size and
age, for single-hull vessels carrying crude oil and petroleum products. The
phase-out dates for the Company's single-hull carriers are as follows: HMI
Astrachem-2000, HMI Trader-2000, Seabulk Challenger-2003, Seabulk
Magnachem-2007, HMI Defender-2008, HMI Dynachem-2011, HMI Petrochem-2011 and
Seabulk America-2015. The phase-out date for some of its fuel barges is 2015. As
a result of this requirement, these vessels will be prohibited from transporting
petroleum products in U.S. waters after their phase-out dates. However, these
vessels may be taken out of service for other reasons prior to their OPA 90
phase-out dates. For example, the Seabulk Challenger is being taken out of
service in 1999. Although the Company's remaining vessels are not subject to
mandatory retirement, and it employs what it believes to be a rigorous
maintenance program for all its vessels, the Company may not be able to maintain
its fleet by extending the economic lives of existing vessels or acquiring new
or used vessels.
P. The Company Will Have to Consolidate Certain Debt,
Which Will Cause Further Deterioration in its Reported
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Company currently holds a 50.75% equity interest in companies that
own five recently delivered double-hull product carriers. The aggregate cost of
the carriers was approximately $280.0 million, of which approximately $230.0
million has been financed with the proceeds of U.S. government-guaranteed debt.
As the Company intends to reduce its equity interest to less than 50%, this
investment has been considered temporary and has been accounted for under the
equity method, which means that the related debt has not been included on the
Company's balance sheet. Since the Company has been unable to reduce its equity
interest to below 50%, however, it may be required to include this debt on its
balance sheet as of September 30, 1999, and include the related interest expense
on its statements of operations, which would
79
<PAGE>
cause further deterioration in its reported financial condition and results of
operations. There can be no assurance that the Company's efforts to reduce its
equity interest in the carriers to below 50% will be successful.
Q. There Is No Established Trading Market for the New Securities
The New HMI Common Stock and Class A Warrants will be new issues of
securities and will not have an established trading market. There is no
assurance that an active trading market will develop for the New Securities.
R. Dividend Policy
Reorganized HMI does not anticipate paying any dividends on the New HMI
Common Stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the covenants in certain
debt instruments to which Reorganized HMI will be a party will likely prohibit
payment of dividends. Certain institutional investors may only invest in
dividend-paying equity securities or may operate under other restrictions which
may prohibit or limit their ability to invest in New HMI Common Stock.
S. Preferred Stock
Until such time (if any) as the Board of Directors of Reorganized HMI
should issue preferred stock and establish the respective rights of the holders
of one or more series thereof, it is not possible to state the actual effect of
authorization of the preferred stock upon the rights of holders of New HMI
Common Stock. The effects of such issuance could include, however: (i) reduction
of the amount of cash otherwise available for payment of dividends on New HMI
Common Stock, (ii) dilution of the voting power of New HMI Common Stock if the
preferred stock has voting rights, and (iii) restriction of the rights of
holders of New HMI Common Stock to share in Reorganized HMI's assets upon
liquidation until satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the
holders of preferred stock. In addition, so-called "blank check" preferred stock
may be viewed as having possible anti-takeover effects, if it were used to make
a third party's attempt to gain control of Reorganized HMI more difficult, time
consuming or costly. HMI has no current plans pursuant to which preferred stock
would be issued as an anti-takeover device or otherwise.
X. CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN
The following discussion summarizes certain federal income tax
consequences of the implementation of the Plan to the Company and certain
holders of Claims and Interests. The following summary does not address the
federal income tax consequences to holders whose Claims are entitled to
reinstatement or payment in full in cash under the Plan.
The following summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"), Treasury regulations promulgated and proposed thereunder,
judicial decisions and published administrative rules and pronouncements of the
IRS as in effect on the date hereof. Changes in such rules or new
interpretations thereof may have retroactive effect and could significantly
affect the federal income tax
80
<PAGE>
consequences described below.
The federal income tax consequences of the Plan are complex and are
subject to significant uncertainties. The Company has not requested a ruling
from the IRS or an opinion of counsel with respect to any of the tax aspects of
the Plan. Thus, no assurance can be given as to the interpretation that the IRS
or a reviewing court might adopt. In addition, this summary does not address
foreign, state or local tax consequences of the Plan, nor does it purport to
address the federal income tax consequences of the Plan to special classes of
taxpayers (such as foreign taxpayers, broker-dealers, banks, mutual funds,
insurance companies, financial institutions, small business investment
companies, regulated investment companies, tax-exempt organizations and
investors in pass-through entities).
ACCORDINGLY, THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY OF CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR
CAREFUL TAX PLANNING AND ADVICE BASED UPON THE INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES
PERTAINING TO A HOLDER OF A CLAIM OR EQUITY INTEREST. ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR
INTERESTS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS FOR THE FEDERAL, STATE,
LOCAL AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES APPLICABLE UNDER THE PLAN.
A. Consequences to the Company
As of December 31, 1998, the Company had consolidated net operating
loss ("NOL") carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately
$75.6 million, approximately $23.8 million of which were already subject to an
annual limitation of approximately $3.3 million under section 382 of the Code.
The Company's NOL carryforwards remain subject to examination by the IRS and
thus subject to possible reduction. Moreover, as discussed below, such NOL
carryforwards (and possibly certain other tax attributes of the Company) will
likely be reduced or eliminated, and any remaining NOL carryforwards may be
subject to limitation, upon the implementation of the Plan.
1. Cancellation of Debt
In general, the Code provides that a debtor in a bankruptcy case must
reduce certain of its tax attributes (such as its NOL carryforwards and possibly
its tax basis in its assets) by the amount of any cancellation of debt, that is,
the amount by which debt discharged exceeds any consideration given in exchange
therefor. Any reduction in tax attributes generally occurs on a separate company
basis, even though the debtor files a consolidated federal income tax return.
The Company believes that it will suffer substantial attribute
reduction as a result of the discharge of the Allowed Senior Note Claims and the
Allowed Trust Preferred Securities Interests (which are treated for federal
income tax purposes as interests in the Convertible Subordinated Debentures held
by Hvide Capital Trust) pursuant to the Plan.
81
<PAGE>
2. Limitations on NOL Carryforwards and Other Tax Attributes
Following the implementation of the Plan, any remaining consolidated
NOLs (and carryforwards thereof) and certain other tax attributes of the Company
allocable to periods prior to the Effective Date will be subject to the rules of
section 382 of the Code.
Under section 382, if a loss corporation undergoes an "ownership
change," the amount of its pre-change losses that may be utilized to offset
future taxable income is, in general, subject to an annual limitation. Such
limitation also may apply to certain losses or deductions that are "built-in"
(i.e., economically accrued but unrecognized) as of the date of the ownership
change and are subsequently recognized. The Company will undergo an ownership
change as a result of the issuance of the New HMI Common Stock pursuant to the
Plan. The following discussion is based on the section 382 rules as applied to
ownership changes pursuant to a confirmed chapter 11 plan.
The amount of the annual limitation to which a loss corporation
undergoing such an ownership change is subject generally equals the product of
(i) the lesser of the value of the equity of the reorganized loss corporation
immediately after the ownership change or the value of the loss corporation's
gross assets immediately before such change (with certain adjustments) and (ii)
the "long-term tax-exempt rate" in effect for the month in which the ownership
change occurs (5.45% for ownership changes occurring in October 1999). However,
if the loss corporation does not continue its historic business or use a
significant portion of its historic assets in a new business for two years after
the ownership change, the annual limitation is zero. The annual limitation is
determined on a consolidated basis.
As indicated above, section 382 also can operate to limit built-in
losses recognized subsequent to the date of the ownership change. If the loss
corporation has a net unrealized built-in loss at the time of the ownership
change (taking into account most assets and all items of built-in income and
deduction), then any built-in losses recognized during the following five years
(up to the amount of the original net built-in loss) generally will be treated
as a pre-change loss and will be subject to the annual limitation. Conversely,
if the loss corporation has a net unrealized built-in gain at the time of the
ownership change, any built-in gains recognized during the following five years
(up to the amount of the original net built-in gain) generally will increase the
annual limitation in the year recognized, so that the loss corporation is
permitted to use its pre-change losses against such built-in gain income in
addition to its regular annual allowance. In general, a loss corporation's net
unrealized built-in gain or loss will be deemed to be zero unless it is greater
than the lesser of (i) $10 million or (ii) 15% of the fair market value of the
loss corporation's assets (with certain adjustments) before the ownership
change. Net unrealized built-in gain or loss is determined on a consolidated
basis. It is not known whether the Company will be in a net unrealized built-in
gain or a net unrealized built-in loss position on the Effective Date.
An exception to the foregoing annual limitation (and built-in gain and
loss) rules generally applies where stockholders and qualified (so-called "old
and cold") creditors of the loss corporation receive at least 50% of the vote
and value of the stock of the reorganized loss corporation pursuant to a
confirmed chapter 11 plan. Under this exception, the debtor's pre-change losses
are not limited on an annual basis but are reduced by the amount of any interest
deductions claimed during the three taxable years preceding the date of the
reorganization, and during the part of the taxable year prior to and including
the reorganization, in
82
<PAGE>
respect of the debt converted into stock in the reorganization. Moreover, if
this exception applies, any further ownership change of the debtor within a
two-year period will preclude the utilization of any pre-change losses at the
time of the subsequent ownership change against future taxable income.
An old and cold creditor includes a creditor that has held its debt for
at least 18 months prior to the filing of the chapter 11 case. In addition, any
stock received by a creditor that does not become a direct or indirect 5-percent
shareholder of the reorganized debtor generally will be treated as received by
an old and cold creditor, other than in the case of any creditor whose
participation in the plan makes evident to the debtor that the creditor has not
owned the debt for the requisite period.
Even if a loss corporation qualifies for this exception, it may elect
not to apply the exception and instead remain subject to the annual limitation
and built-in gain and loss rules described above. The Code and the regulations
issued thereunder do not address whether the exception can be applied on a
consolidated basis or only to the debtor whose qualified creditors receive
stock.
3. Alternative Minimum Tax
In general, an alternative minimum tax ("AMT") is imposed on a
corporation's alternative minimum taxable income at a 20% rate to the extent
such tax exceeds the corporation's regular federal income tax. For purposes of
computing taxable income for AMT purposes, certain tax deductions and other
beneficial allowances are modified or eliminated. In particular, even though a
corporation may be able to offset all of its taxable income for regular tax
purposes by available NOL carryforwards, only 90% of the corporation's taxable
income for AMT purposes may be offset by available NOL carryforwards (as
recomputed for AMT purposes).
In addition, if a corporation undergoes an "ownership change" within
the meaning of section 382 and is in a net unrealized built-in loss position (
as determined for AMT purposes) on the date of the ownership change, the
corporation's aggregate tax basis in its assets is reduced for certain AMT
purposes to reflect the fair market value of such assets as of the change date.
Any AMT that a corporation pays generally will be allowed as a
nonrefundable credit against its regular federal income tax liability in future
taxable years when the corporation is no longer subject to the AMT.
B. Consequences to Holders of Senior Notes
Pursuant to the Plan, holders of Senior Notes will receive, in
discharge of their Allowed Claims, New HMI Common Stock.
The federal income tax consequences of the Plan to a holder of Senior
Notes depend, in part, on whether such Notes constitute "securities" for federal
income tax purposes. The term "security" is not defined in the Code or in the
regulations issued thereunder and has not been clearly defined by judicial
decisions. The determination of whether a particular debt constitutes a
"security" depends on an overall evaluation of the nature of the debt. One of
the most significant factors considered in determining whether
83
<PAGE>
a particular debt is a security is its original term. In general, debt
obligations issued with a weighted average maturity at issuance of five years or
less (e.g., trade debt and revolving credit obligations) do not constitute
securities, whereas debt obligations with a weighted average maturity at
issuance of 10 years or more constitute securities. The following discussion
assumes that the Senior Notes constitute "securities" for federal income tax
purposes. However, each holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the
status of such Notes.
1. Gain or Loss
In general, each holder of Senior Notes will not recognize any gain or
loss upon the implementation of the Plan, except as described below under
"Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest."
A holder's aggregate tax basis in the New HMI Common Stock received
(except to the extent the New HMI Common Stock was issued in respect of accrued
interest) will equal the holder's adjusted tax basis in its Senior Notes. In
general, the holder's holding period for the New HMI Common Stock received will
include the holder's holding period for the Senior Notes (except to the extent
the New HMI Common Stock was issued in respect of accrued interest). The
holder's tax basis in any New HMI Common Stock issued in respect of accrued
interest will be the fair market value thereof on the Effective Date, and the
holder's holding period therefor will begin the day following the Effective
Date.
2. Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest
In general, to the extent any amount received (whether stock, cash or
other property) by a holder of a debt is received in satisfaction of interest
accrued during its holding period, such amount will be taxable to the holder as
interest income (if not previously included in the holder's gross income).
Conversely, a holder generally recognizes a deductible loss to the extent any
accrued interest was previously included in its gross income and is not paid in
full.
Each holder of Senior Notes is urged to consult its tax advisor
regarding the allocation of consideration and the deductibility of unpaid
interest for tax purposes.
3. Subsequent Sale of New HMI Common Stock
Any gain recognized by a holder of Senior Notes upon a subsequent
taxable disposition of New HMI Common Stock received pursuant to the Plan (or
any stock or other property received for it in a later tax-free exchange) will
be treated as ordinary income to the extent of (i) any bad debt deductions (or
additions to a bad debt reserve) claimed with respect to its Senior Notes and
(ii) with respect to a cash-basis holder, also any amount that would have been
included in its gross income if the holder's Senior Notes had been satisfied in
full but that was not included by reason of the cash method of accounting.
In addition, the Treasury Department is expected to promulgate
regulations that will provide that any accrued "market discount" not treated as
ordinary income upon a tax-free exchange of market discount bonds would carry
over to the nonrecognition property received in the exchange. If such
regulations are promulgated and applicable to the Plan, any holder of Senior
Notes that have accrued market discount
84
<PAGE>
would carry over such accrued market discount to the New HMI Common Stock
received pursuant to the Plan. Any gain recognized by the holder upon a
subsequent disposition of such New HMI Common Stock would be treated as ordinary
income to the extent of any accrued market discount not previously included in
income. In general, a Senior Note will have accrued "market discount" if such
Note was acquired after its original issuance at a discount to its issue price.
4. Withholding
All distributions to holders of allowed claims under the Plan are
subject to any applicable withholding (including employment tax withholding).
Under federal income tax law, interest, dividends, and other reportable payments
may, under certain circumstances, be subject to "backup withholding" at a 31%
rate. Backup withholding generally applies if the holder (a) fails to furnish
its social security number or other taxpayer identification number ("TIN"), (b)
furnishes an incorrect TIN, (c) fails properly to report interest or dividends,
or (d) under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement,
signed under penalty of perjury, that the TIN provided is its correct number and
that it is not subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an
additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be refunded to the
extent it results in an overpayment of tax. Certain persons are exempt from
backup withholding, including, in certain circumstances, corporations and
financial institutions.
C. Consequences to Holders of Trust Preferred Securities
Pursuant to the Plan, holders of Trust Preferred Securities will
receive, in discharge of their Allowed Interests, a combination of New HMI
Common Stock and Class A Warrants.
For federal income tax purposes, holders of Trust Preferred Securities
are generally treated as owning undivided interests in the Convertible
Subordinated Debentures held by the Hvide Capital Trust. Accordingly, the
federal income tax consequences of the Plan to a holder of Trust Preferred
Securities depend on whether such Debentures constitute "securities" for federal
income tax purposes. The following discussion assumes that the Convertible
Subordinated Debentures constitute "securities" for federal income tax purposes.
However, each holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the status of
such Debentures.
1. Gain or Loss
In general, holders of Trust Preferred Securities will not recognize
any gain or loss upon the implementation of the Plan, except as described below
under "Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest or OID."
A holder's aggregate tax basis in the New HMI Common Stock and Class A
Warrants received (except to the extent the New HMI Common Stock or Class A
Warrants were issued in respect of accrued interest or original issue discount
("OID")) will equal the holder's adjusted tax basis in its Trust Preferred
Securities, allocated between the New HMI Common Stock and the Class A Warrants
in proportion to their fair market values. In general, the holder's holding
period for the New HMI Common Stock and Class A Warrants received will include
the holder's holding period for the Trust Preferred Securities (except to the
85
<PAGE>
extent the New HMI Common Stock or Class A Warrants were issued in respect of
accrued interest or OID). The holder's tax basis in any New HMI Common Stock or
Class A Warrants issued in respect of accrued interest or OID will be the fair
market value thereof on the Effective Date, and the holder's holding period
therefor will begin the day following the Effective Date.
2. Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest or OID
In general, to the extent any amount received (whether stock, cash or
other property) by a holder of a debt is received in satisfaction of interest
accrued during its holding period, such amount will be taxable to the holder as
interest income (if not previously included in the holder's gross income).
Conversely, a holder generally recognizes a deductible loss to the extent any
accrued interest was previously included in its gross income and is not paid in
full. However, the IRS has privately ruled that a holder of a security, in an
otherwise tax-free exchange for stock, could not claim a current deduction with
respect to any unpaid OID. Accordingly, it is unclear whether a holder of Trust
Preferred Securities would be entitled to a current deduction to the extent
unpaid accrued interest on the Convertible Subordinated Debentures was properly
includible in such holder's gross income as OID.
Each holder of Trust Preferred Securities is urged to consult its tax
advisor regarding the allocation of consideration and the deductibility of
unpaid interest for tax purposes.
3. Subsequent Sale of New HMI Common Stock
Any gain recognized by a holder of Trust Preferred Securities upon a
subsequent taxable disposition of New HMI Common Stock received pursuant to the
Plan (or any stock or other property received for it in a later tax-free
exchange) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of (i) any bad debt
deductions (or additions to a bad debt reserve) claimed with respect to its
Trust Preferred Securities, and (ii) with respect to a cash-basis holder, any
amount that would have been included in its gross income if the holder's Trust
Preferred Securities had been satisfied in full but that was not included by
reason of the cash method of accounting.
In addition, the Treasury Department is expected to promulgate
regulations that will provide that any accrued "market discount" not treated as
ordinary income upon a tax-free exchange of market discount bonds would carry
over to the nonrecognition property received in the exchange. If such
regulations are promulgated and applicable to the Plan, any holder of Trust
Preferred Securities that have accrued market discount would carry over such
accrued market discount to the New HMI Common Stock and Class A Warrants
received pursuant to the Plan, so that any gain recognized by the holder upon a
subsequent disposition of such New HMI Common Stock or Class A Warrants would be
treated as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued market discount not
previously included in income. In general, a Trust Preferred Security will have
accrued "market discount" if such Security was acquired after its original
issuance at a discount to its issue price.
4. Withholding
All distributions to holders of allowed interests under the Plan are
subject to any applicable
86
<PAGE>
withholding (including employment tax withholding). Under federal income tax
law, interest, dividends, and other reportable payments may, under certain
circumstances, be subject to "backup withholding" at a 31% rate. Backup
withholding generally applies if the holder (a) fails to furnish its TIN, (b)
furnishes an incorrect TIN, (c) fails properly to report interest or dividends,
or (d) under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement,
signed under penalty of perjury, that the TIN provided is its correct number and
that it is not subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an
additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be refunded to the
extent it results in an overpayment of tax. Certain persons are exempt from
backup withholding, including, in certain circumstances, corporations and
financial institutions.
D. Consequences to Holders of Existing HMI Common Stock
Pursuant to the Plan, holders of existing HMI Common Stock will
receive, in discharge of their Allowed Interests, Class A Warrants.
In general, each holder of existing HMI Common Stock will recognize
gain or loss upon the implementation of the Plan in an amount equal to the
difference between (i) the aggregate fair market value of the Class A Warrants
received and (ii) its tax basis in its existing HMI Common Stock. Such gain or
loss will generally be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain
or loss if the holder has held its existing HMI Common Stock for more than one
year on the Effective Date. A holder's tax basis in the Class A Warrants
received will be the fair market value thereof on the Effective Date, and the
holder's holding period therefor will begin the day following the Effective
Date.
THE FOREGOING SUMMARY HAS BEEN PROVIDED FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES
ONLY. ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX
ADVISORS CONCERNING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES
APPLICABLE UNDER THE PLAN.
XI. ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND
CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN
If the Plan is not confirmed and consummated, the Debtors' alternatives
include (i) liquidation of the Debtors under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code
and (ii) the preparation and presentation of an alternative plan or plans of
reorganization.
A. Liquidation Under Chapter 7
If no Chapter 11 plan can be confirmed, the Chapter 11 Cases may be
converted to cases under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code in which a trustee
would be elected or appointed to liquidate the assets of the Debtors. A
discussion of the effect that a Chapter 7 liquidation would have on the recovery
of holders of Claims and Interests is set forth in Section VI.C.4.,
"Confirmation and Consummation Procedure, Best Interests Test." The Debtors
believe that liquidation under chapter 7 would result in (i) smaller
distributions being made to creditors and Equity Interest Holders than those
provided for in the Plan because of the
87
<PAGE>
additional administrative expenses involved in the appointment of a trustee and
attorneys and other professionals to assist such trustee, (ii) additional
expenses and claims, some of which would be entitled to priority, which would be
generated during the liquidation and from the rejection of leases and other
executory contracts in connection with a cessation of the Debtors' operations
and (iii) the failure to realize the greater, going concern value of the
Debtors' assets.
B. Alternative Plan of Reorganization
If the Plan is not confirmed, the Debtors or any other party in
interest could attempt to formulate a different plan of reorganization. Such a
plan might involve either a reorganization and continuation of the Debtors'
business or an orderly liquidation of their assets.
The Debtors believe that the Plan enables the Debtors to successfully
and expeditiously emerge from Chapter 11, preserves their businesses and allows
creditors and shareholders to realize the highest recoveries under the
circumstances. In a liquidation under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, the
assets of the Debtor would be sold in an orderly fashion over a more extended
period of time than in a liquidation under Chapter 7 and a trustee need not be
appointed. Accordingly, creditors and shareholders would receive greater
recoveries than in a Chapter 7 liquidation. Although a Chapter 11 liquidation is
preferable to a Chapter 7 liquidation, the Debtors believe that a liquidation
under Chapter 11 is a much less attractive alternative to creditors and
shareholders because a greater return is provided for in the Plan to creditors
and shareholders.
XII. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION
The Debtors believe that confirmation and implementation of the Plan is
preferable to any of the alternatives described above because it will provide
the greatest recoveries to holders of Claims and Interests. In addition, other
alternatives would involve significant delay, uncertainty and substantial
additional administrative costs. The Debtors urge holders of impaired Claims and
Interests entitled to vote on the Plan to vote to accept the Plan and to
evidence such acceptance by returning their Ballots so that they will be
received not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time on November __, 1999.
Dated: October 1, 1999
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED,
By:
HVIDE MARINE INTERNATIONAL,
INC.
HVIDE MARINE TRANSPORT, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING SERVICES,
INC.
88
<PAGE>
HVIDE CAPITAL TRUST
HMI CAYMAN HOLDINGS, INC.
HMI OPERATORS, INC.
LIGHTSHIP LIMITED PARTNER
HOLDINGS, LLC
LONE STAR MARINE SERVICES, INC.
OCEAN SPECIALTY TANKERS
CORPORATION
OFFSHORE MARINE MANAGEMENT
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
SEABULK ALBANY, INC.
SEABULK ALKATAR, INC.
SEABULK AMERICA PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
SEABULK ARABIAN, INC.
SEABULK ARCTIC EXPRESS, INC.
SEABULK ARIES II, INC.
SEABULK ARZANAH, INC.
SEABULK BARRACUDA, INC.
SEABULK BATON ROUGE, INC.
SEABULK BECKY, INC.
SEABULK BETSY, INC.
SEABULK BUL HANIN, INC.
SEABULK CAPRICORN, INC.
SEABULK CARDINAL, INC.
SEABULK CAROL, INC.
SEABULK CAROLYN, INC.
SEABULK CHAMP, INC.
SEABULK CHRISTOPHER, INC
SEABULK CLAIBORNE, INC.
SEABULK CLIPPER, INC.
SEABULK COMMAND, INC.
SEABULK CONDOR, INC.
SEABULK CONSTRUCTOR, INC.
SEABULK COOT I, INC.
SEABULK COOT II, INC.
SEABULK CORMORANT, INC.
SEABULK CYGNET I, INC.
SEABULK CYGNET II, INC.
SEABULK DANAH, INC.
SEABULK DAYNA, INC.
SEABULK DEBBIE, INC.
SEABULK DEFENDER, INC.
SEABULK DIANA, INC.
SEABULK DISCOVERY, INC.
SEABULK DUKE, INC.
89
<PAGE>
SEABULK EAGLE II, INC.
SEABULK EAGLE, INC.
SEABULK EMERALD, INC.
SEABULK ENERGY, INC.
SEABULK EXPLORER, INC.
SEABULK FALCON II, INC.
SEABULK FALCON, INC.
SEABULK FREEDOM, INC.
SEABULK FULMAR, INC.
SEABULK GABRIELLE, INC.
SEABULK GANNET I, INC.
SEABULK GANNET II, INC.
SEABULK GAZELLE, INC.
SEABULK GIANT, INC.
SEABULK GREBE, INC.
SEABULK HABARA, INC.
SEABULK HAMOUR, INC.
SEABULK HARRIER, INC.
SEABULK HATTA, INC.
SEABULK HAWAII, INC.
SEABULK HAWK, INC.
SEABULK HERCULES, INC.
SEABULK HERON, INC.
SEABULK HORIZON, INC.
SEABULK HOUBARE, INC.
SEABULK IBEX, INC.
SEABULK ISABEL, INC.
SEABULK JASPER, INC.
SEABULK JEBEL ALI, INC
SEABULK KATIE, INC..
SEABULK KESTREL, INC.
SEABULK KING, INC.
SEABULK KNIGHT, INC.
SEABULK LAKE EXPRESS, INC.
SEABULK LARA, INC.
SEABULK LARK, INC.
SEABULK LIBERTY, INC.
SEABULK LINCOLN, INC.
SEABULK LULU, INC.
SEABULK MAINTAINER, INC.
SEABULK MALLARD, INC.
SEABULK MARLENE, INC.
SEABULK MARTIN I, INC.
SEABULK MARTIN II, INC.
90
<PAGE>
SEABULK MASTER, INC.
SEABULK MERLIN, INC.
SEABULK MUBARRAK, INC.
SEABULK NEPTUNE, INC.
SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS
CORPORATION
SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS
HOLDINGS CORPORATION
SEABULK OFFSHORE ABU DHABI,
INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE DUBAI, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE HOLDINGS, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE GLOBAL
HOLDINGS, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE LTD.
SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS,
INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
NIGERIA LIMITED
SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
TRINIDAD LIMITED
SEABULK OFFSHORE U.K. LTD.
SEABULK OREGON, INC.
SEABULK ORYX INC.
SEABULK OSPREY, INC.
SEABULK PELICAN, INC.
SEABULK PENGUIN I, INC.
SEABULK PENGUIN II, INC.
SEABULK PENNY, INC.
SEABULK PERSISTENCE, INC.
SEABULK PETREL, INC.
SEABULK PLOVER, INC.
SEABULK POWER, INC.
SEABULK PRIDE, INC.
SEABULK PRINCE, INC.
SEABULK PRINCESS, INC.
SEABULK PUFFIN, INC.
SEABULK QUEEN, INC.
SEABULK RAVEN, INC
SEABULK RED TERN LIMITED
SEABULK ROOSTER, INC.
SEABULK SABINE, INC.
SEABULK SALIHU, INC.
91
<PAGE>
SEABULK SAPPHIRE, INC.
SEABULK SARA, INC.
SEABULK SEAHORSE, INC.
SEABULK SENGALI, INC.
SEABULK SERVICE, INC.
SEABULK SHARI, INC.
SEABULK SHINDAGA, INC.
SEABULK SKUA I, INC.
SEABULK SNIPE, INC.
SEABULK SUHAIL, INC.
SEABULK SWAN, INC.
SEABULK SWIFT, INC.
SEABULK TANKERS, LTD.
SEABULK TAURUS, INC.
SEABULK TENDER, INC.
SEABULK TIMS I, INC.
SEABULK TITAN, INC.
SEABULK TOOTA, INC.
SEABULK TOUCAN, INC.
SEABULK TRADER, INC.
SEABULK TRANSMARINE II, INC
SEABULK TRANSMARINE
PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
SEABULK TREASURE ISLAND, INC.
SEABULK UMM SHAIF, INC.
SEABULK VERITAS, INC.
SEABULK VIRGO I, INC.
SEABULK VOYAGER, INC.
SEABULK ZAKUM, INC.
SEAMARK LTD. INC.
SUN STATE MARINE SERVICES, INC.
HVIDE MARINE de VENEZUELA, S.R.L.
By:
MARANTA, S.A.
By:
92
<PAGE>
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
By:
Robert J. Feinstein, Esq.
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-7798
(212) 479-6000
-and-
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR
By:
Laura Davis Jones, Esq.
Rodney Square North, 11 Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-0391
(302) 571-6600
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and
Debtors in Possession
<PAGE>
Introduction
Management has prepared the financial forecasts contained herein with the
assistance of the Company's accountants and financial advisors. Management has
prepared the forecasts using what it considers to be conservative assumptions
based upon current market conditions. In preparing these financial forecasts,
management has assumed the plan of reorganization will be confirmed in November
and become effective on November 30. In the event the plan is not confirmed on
that date but is confirmed within 30 days thereafter, management believes there
will be no material change in the forecasts presented herein.
For purposes of preparing the balance sheets that are shown in the forecasts,
management has assumed that fresh start accounting will be applied by the
company's auditors in preparing the actual balance sheets as of the effective
date of the plan. However, for purposes of preparing these forecasts, management
has estimated the impact of fresh start accounting by allocating the
reorganization value of the enterprise to the company's assets on a category by
category basis as opposed to a vessel by vessel basis which GAAP accounting may
require.
Management has assumed that the current recovery that has been underway for the
past three months in the price of crude oil and rig counts will continue for the
forecast period. In addition, although management has not included any sales of
assets in preparing its financial forecasts, management intends to continue its
efforts to de-leverage the Company over time. To achieve this result, management
intends to dispose of assets from time to time in the ordinary course of
business. Assets disposed of in this manner will be vessels which, in
management's opinion, do not fit in with the Company's long term strategy for
servicing its markets and customers.
For purposes of preparing the forecasts, it has been assumed that all capital
expenditures for maintaining he Company's existing fleet are capitalized and
depreciated over a ten year period. Under fresh start accounting, each vessel
will be valued based upon appraised values and the remaining useful life used to
determine future depreciation. Therefore, there may be significant changes in
the future balances of the fixed asset and the accumulated depreciation accounts
which could in the aggregate, produce material differences from the amounts
shown in the forecasts. Management believes the cash flow impact from such
changes will not be material.
The forecasts assume sufficient financing will be obtained from third parties to
repay the current outstanding obligations to the Company's bank lenders.
Discussions are underway with several potential lenders and management believes
that the discussions will lead to a commitment on the part of one or more
financing sources to refinance the existing bank group. For purposes of
preparing these forecasts, management has assumed the cost of the new financing
will be in line with the pricing being discussed with the prospective lenders
currently. For the "Long Term Financing" shown in the forecast, management has
assumed an interest rate of 10.6%. Amortization of principal has been assumed to
be $40 million in total by 2003 for the Long Term Financing. Scheduled principal
payments on MARAD obligations totaling approximately $20 million are forecasted
to b made as originally scheduled.
Operating expense items for the most part have been assumed to increase at the
rate of inflation or 3% over the forecast period. Some expense items have been
assumed to increase at rates that may differ depending upon specific conditions
that management was able to identify in preparing the forecasts.
The Company currently holds a 50.75% equity interest in companies that own five
recently delivered double-hull product carriers. As the Company intends to
reduce its equity interest in these carriers to less than 50%, this investment
has been considered temporary and has been accounted for under the equity
method, which means (among other things) that the related debt has not been
included on the Company's balance sheet. Because the Company has not yet been
able to reduce its equity interest to less than 50%, it anticipates that it will
be required to include this debt on its balance sheet at September 30, 1999 and
to include the related interest expense on its statement of operations. The
forecasts presented herein do not give effect to such consolidation.
Accordingly, the Company's balance sheets, income statements, and cash flow
statements presented herein may be subject to material changes in the event the
Company consolidates the five ship owning entities into its financial
statements, even though the debt associated with these entities is non-recourse
to the Company.
<PAGE>
Hvide Marine Incorporated
Balance Sheet
(Dollars in Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
2000 2001 2002 2003
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets
Cash $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 $5,000
Accts. Rec. 67,994 68,883 73,713 78,262
Inventory, Prepaid & Other 24,369 23,788 23,333 22,752
----------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Total Current Assets $97,363 $97,671 $102,046 $106,014
CIP, PP&E & F&E $528,021 $548,021 $573,021 $598,021
Accum. Deprec (31,613) (63,223) (97,332) (133,941)
Net PP&E $496,408 $484,798 $475,689 $464,080
----------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Total Assets $593,771 $582,469 $577,735 $570,094
================= ============== ============== ==============
Liabilities
-----------
Current Maturities $8,795 $6,720 $6,720 $6,720
Accts. Pay 13,810 14,157 14,747 15,368
Other Current Liab. 21,495 21,495 21,495 21,495
----------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Total Current Liab. $44,100 $42,372 $42,962 $43,583
Marad, Capital Leases & Other 65,460 58,740 52,020 45,151
Revolving Credit Facility 35,529 24,724 18,421 4,178
Long Term Financing 240,000 230,000 220,000 200,380
Deferred Tax Liab. 16,122 16,122 16,122 16,122
Other LT Liab. 4,758 4,758 4,758 4,758
----------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Total Long Term Liabilities $361,869 $334,344 $311,321 $270,589
Total Liabilities $405,969 $376,716 $354,283 $314,172
Minority Interest 1,356 1,356 1,356 1,356
Stockholders' Equity $186,445 $204,397 $222,095 $254,566
Total Liab. & Equity $593,771 $582,469 $577,735 $570,094
================= ============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Hvide Marine Incorporated
Statement of Operations
(Dollars in Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Years Ending December 31,
2000 2001 2002 2003
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue:
Marine support services:
Offshore energy support $168,231 $191,339 $209,095 $225,535
Offshore and harbor towing 47,484 48,909 50,376 51,887
---------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Marine transportation services 61,889 59,241 61,019 62,849
Total Revenue $277,604 $299,489 $320,490 $340,271
Operating expenses:
Marine support services:
Offshore energy support $115,508 $119,980 $125,173 $130,674
Offshore and harbor towing 23,060 23,752 24,464 25,198
Marine transportation services 34,893 33,235 34,697 36,225
---------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Total operating expenses $173,461 $176,967 $184,334 $192,097
Direct overhead expenses:
Marine support services:
Offshore energy support $19,918 $21,066 $22,031 $23,303
Offshore and harbor towing 5,291 5,608 5,945 6,302
Marine transportation services 4,386 3,184 3,342 3,507
---------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Total direct overhead $29,595 $29,858 $31,318 $33,112
Fleet EBITDA:
Marine support services:
Offshore energy support $32,805 $50,293 $61,891 $71,558
Offshore and harbor towing 19,133 19,549 19,967 20,387
Marine transportation services: 22,610 22,822 22,980 23,117
---------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Total Fleet EBITDA $74,548 $92,664 $104,838 $115,062
Corporate overhead expenses 11,904 12,618 13,375 14,178
---------- ---------- ----------- ----------
EBITDA 62,644 80,046 91,463 100,884
Depreciation and amortization expenses 27,097 31,609 34,109 36,609
---------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Income from operations $35,547 $48,437 $57,354 $64,275
Interest expense 35,485 30,485 28,806 27,417
Tax expense - - 10,847 14,006
---------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Net Income $62 $17,952 $17,701 $22,852
========== ========== =========== ==========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Hvide Marine Incorporated
Statement of Cash Flows
(Dollars in Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
2000 2001 2002 2003
------------ ---------------- --------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Income $62 $17,952 $17,701 $22,852
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash:
Depreciation and Amortization 27,097 31,609 34,109 36,609
Changes in Working Capital (7,234) 40 (3,785) (3,348)
------------ ---------------- --------------- -------------
Net cash provided by operating activities $19,925 $49,601 $48,025 $56,113
Investing Activities:
Purchase of property (25,127) (20,000) (25,000) (25,000)
------------ ---------------- --------------- -------------
Cash Flow from Investment Activities ($25,000)
Financing Activities:
Proceeds from short term borrowings 25,201
Proceeds from Exercise of Warrants 9,620
Repayment of short-term borrowings (10,805) (6,303) (14,243)
Repayment of long-term borrowings (19,999) (18,795) (16,720) (26,489)
------------ ---------------- --------------- -------------
Cash Flow from Financing Activities $5,202 ($29,600) ($23,023) ($31,112)
Increase in cash and cash equavalents - - - -
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 5,000
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Hvide Marine Incorporated
Proforma Balance Sheet as of November 30, 1999
(Dollars in Thousands)
Assets
Cash $5,000
Accts. Rec. 56,518
Inventory, Prepaid & Other 24,622
---------------
Total Current Assets $86,140
CIP, PP&E & F&E $501,473
---------------
Total Long Term Assets $501,473
===============
Total Assets $587,613
===============
Liabilities
Current Maturities $9,981
Accts. Pay 8,442
Other Current Liab. 21,495
---------------
Total Current Liab. $39,918
Marad, Capital Leases & Other $75,776
Revolving Credit Facility 8,256
Long Term Financing 250,000
Deferred Tax Liab. 16,122
Other L-T Liabilities 4,758
---------------
Total L-T Liabilities $354,912
Total Liabilities $394,830
---------------
Minority Interest $1,356
Stockholders' Equity $191,427
Total Liab. & Equity $587,613
===============
<PAGE>
Exhibit F Hvide Marine Incorporated - Liquidation Analysis
Confirmation of the Plan requires that the "Best Interests Test" under Section
1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code be satisfied with respect to each impaired
Class of Claims or Interests. The "Best Interests Test" is satisfied if the Plan
provides each impaired Class of Claims or Interests with a recovery which is at
least as great as the recovery which such Class would receive if the Company
were liquidated. Accordingly, management has prepared two hypothetical
liquidation analyses. Management believes these liquidation analyses demonstrate
that the Plan meets the "Best Interests Test."
Liquidation was first calculated on a "Forced Sale" basis. All assets were
assumed to be liquidated over a period of six months. Under the Forced Sale
scenario, appraisal values for each vessel were adjusted to reflect estimated
sale prices given the assumed time constraints and current market conditions. It
was also assumed that the sale of vessels would not give rise to any tax claims.
Table 1 compares the most recent appraisal values of vessels with estimated sale
prices under this scenario.
Table 1 - Forced Sale Basis - Individual Vessel Proceeds Summary
($ in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Appraisal Value (1) Forced Sale Value (2)
<S> <C> <C>
Offshore Energy Support 505,663 271,025
Harbor Towing / Tugs 103,600 76,640
Marine Transportation 111,250 89,000
Equity Investment in Lightship Tankers (3) - 23,000
--------------- ---------------
Grand Total $720,513 $459,665
=============== ===============
</TABLE>
(1) Appraisals include values for all vessels, including those leased or
financed. MARAD and Lease obligations on vessels are treated as secured
claims
(2) The Forced Sale scenario assumes the liquidation of all vessels under
current market conditions over a six-month period
(3) Represents a 50.75% equity interest in five 45,300 dead weight ton
double-hull tankers
Proceeds from the sale of all of the Company's assets (including the sale of its
vessels) under a Forced Sale scenario were combined in order to determine the
total amount of distributable proceeds, as shown in Table 2.
Table 2 - Forced Sale Basis - Proceeds Available for Distribution
($ in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Book Value of Assets Distributable
as of 9/8/99 Factor Proceeds
------------------ ----------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash and Equivalents $17,183 100% $17,183
Accounts Receivable, Net 54,967 85% 46,722
Vessels & Improvements - Net 754,526 61% 459,665
Spare Parts & Supplies 17,960 25% 4,490
Prepaid Expenses 3,939 0% 0
Construction in Progress 2,907 0% 0
Furniture, Equipment & Other 16,801 20% 3,360
Capital Construction Funds 45 0% 0
All Other 4,327 50% 2,164
--------------
Total Distributable Proceeds $533,584
==============
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Proceeds from the sale of assets were then distributed to the Holders of Secured
Claims. For purposes of estimating the claims, interest was accrued on the Bank
Group Claims for six months during the liquidation period at the contract rate
of interest then in effect. Proceeds remaining after the Holders of Secured
Claims were fully satisfied were then applied to priority claims, administrative
expenses, and unsecured claims. As can be seen in Table 3, under the Forced Sale
scenario, liquidation produces a recovery to Senior Note Claims of 26%.
Table 3 - Forced Sale Basis - Distribution of Available Proceeds
($ in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Est. Obligation Recovery Recovery
as of 9/8/99 Value Percentage
---------------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Proceeds from Sale of Assets $533,584
Secured Claims:
Bank Group Claims (1) $241,001 $241,001 100%
Interest Accrued through Distribution 21,635 21,635 100%
Debtor-In-Possession Credit Facility 42,000 42,000 100%
Facility Fees 800 800 100%
MARAD, Capital Lease, Other Claims (Classes 2A,2B,2C) 94,635 94,635 100%
---------------- ------------
Total Secured Claims $400,071 $400,071 100%
Administrative Expense Claims
Trustee Fees (2) 10,672 10,672 100%
Legal, Financial and Brokerage Fees (3) 26,679 26,679 100%
Wind Down Costs (4) 1,800 1,800 100%
Priority Tax Claims 1,524 1,524 100%
Other Priority Claims (Class 1) 5,000 5,000 100%
Unsecured Claims:
General Unsecured Claims (Class 3) $33,007 $6,273 19%
Senior Note Claims (Class 4) 314,168 81,565 26%
Intercompany Claims (Class 5) 119,700 0 0%
Trust Preferred Securities (Class 6) (5) 115,000 0 0%
---------------- ------------
Total Unsecured Claims $581,875 $87,838 15%
</TABLE>
(1)See Table 6
(2)Assumed to be approximately two percent of asset sale proceeds
(3)Assumed to be approximately five percent of asset sale proceeds
(4)Operating Expenses assumed to be $500,000 per month, gradually decreasing to
$100,000 over a six-month period
(5)The Trust Preferred Securities are instruments issued by a trust which holds
convertible subordinated notes issued by HMI. In a liquidation, management
has assumed that the convertible subordinated notes would participate as
general unsecured claims. Due to the express subordination of the Trust
Preferred Securities to the Senior Notes, any proceeds distributable to the
Trust Preferred Securities would be given to the Trustee of the Senior
Notes.
<PAGE>
Management believes that a more efficient liquidation would be achieved by
selling certain assets on a "going concern" basis. Under this scenario, certain
of the Company's business segments were assumed to be sold as going concerns.
Estimated proceeds from the sale of the operating entities are set forth in
Table 4.
Table 4 - Going Concern Basis - Proceeds Available for Distribution
($ in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Annualized
Last Eight Months
Ended 9/08/99 Estimated
EBITDA (1) Selling Price
------------------ ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Offshore Energy Support 31,730 271,025
Harbor Towing / Tugs 17,981 140,000
Marine Transportation 24,260 100,000
Equity Investment in Lightship Tankers N.A. 23,000
Cash and Equivalents 17,183
Furniture, Equipment & Other 3,360
----------------
Total Proceeds from Sale of Assets and Subsidiaries $554,568
</TABLE>
(1)The sum of individual segment EBITDA exceeds consolidated EBITDA since
corporate overhead is excluded. EBITDA for the period January 1, 1999
through September 8, 1999 is annualized to account for vessel sales
consumated prior to September 8, 1999 and changing market conditions
Estimated proceeds from sales of Harbor Towing / Tugs and Marine Transportation
segments were based upon management's estimates of sales proceeds using ranges
of values derived from informal purchase proposals from third parties received
over the past year. Proceeds from the sale of operating segments within the
Offshore Energy Support segment were based upon the estimated sale proceeds used
in the Forced Sale scenario. Liquidation proceeds were distributed to Claims and
Interests as set forth in Table 5.
Table 5 - Going Concern Basis - Distribution of Available Proceeds
($ in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Est. Obligation Recovery Recovery
as of 9/8/99 Value Percentage
---------------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Proceeds from Sale of Assets and Subsidiaries $554,568
Secured Claims:
Bank Group Claims (1) $241,001 $241,001 100%
Interest Accrued through Distribution 21,635 21,635 100%
Debtor-In-Possession Credit Facility 42,000 42,000 100%
Facility Fees 800 800 100%
MARAD, Capital Lease, Other Claims (Classes 2A,2B,2C) 94,635 94,635 100%
---------------- ------------
Total Secured Claims $400,071 $400,071 100%
Administrative Expense Claims
Trustee Fees (2) 11,091 11,091 100%
Legal, Financial and Brokerage Fees (3) 27,728 27,728 100%
Wind Down Costs (4) 1,800 1,800 100%
Priority Tax Claims 1,524 1,524 100%
Other Priority Claims (Class 1) 5,000 5,000 100%
Unsecured Claims:
General Unsecured Claims (Class 3) $33,007 $7,590 23%
Senior Note Claims (Class 4) 314,168 99,764 32%
Intercompany Claims (Class 5) 200,000 0 0%
Trust Preferred Securities (Class 6) (5) 119,700 0 0%
---------------- ------------
Total Unsecured Claims $666,875 $107,353 16%
</TABLE>
(1)See Table 6
(2)Assumed to be approximately two percent of asset sale proceeds
(3)Assumed to be approximately five percent of asset sale proceeds
(4)Operating Expenses assumed to be $500,000 per month, gradually decreasing to
$100,000 over a six-month period
(5)The Trust Preferred Securities are instruments issued by a trust which holds
convertible subordinated notes issued by HMI. In a liquidation, management
has assumed that the convertible subordinated notes would participate as
general unsecured claims. Due to the express subordination of the Trust
Preferred Securities to the Senior Notes, any proceeds distributable to the
Trust Preferred Securities would be given to the Trustee of the Senior
Notes.
<PAGE>
As can be seen in Table 5, under the going concern scenario, liquidation
produces a recovery to the Senior Note Claims of 32%.
Finally, a detailed breakdown of claims estimates is presented in Table 6.
Table 6 - Schedule of Claims
As of September 8, 1999
($ in thousands)
Estimated Claims
--------------------
Bank Group Claims:
Revolver $157,008
Term Loan 83,882
Less: Escrow Deposits (500)
--------------------
Net Bank Group Principal $240,390
Interest Payable 612
Accrued Interest - Post-petition (1) 21,635
--------------------
Total Bank Group Claim $262,636
MARAD / Capital Lease Claims:
Capital Lease Obligations $38,356
MARAD Debt 33,970
Other Current (2) 18,375
Interest Payable 1,222
Accrued Interest - Post-petition (3) 2,712
--------------------
Total MARAD / Capital Lease Claim $94,635
Priority Tax Claims:
Accrued Taxes:
Tangible Property Tax 721
Sales Tax 491
Payroll Taxes 312
--------------------
Total Tax Claims $1,524
Other Priority Claims:
Employee Claims:
Accrued Payroll $3,092
Estimated Additional Claims (4) 1,908
--------------------
Total Other Priority Claims $5,000
General Unsecured Claims:
Accounts Payable $16,558
Charter Hire Payable 1,679
Accrued Other 12,236
Accrued Voyage Expense 1,380
Accrued Non-Compete Fee 1,154
--------------------
Total General Unsecured Claims $33,007
Senior Note Claims:
Senior Note Principal $300,000
Interest Payable 14,168
--------------------
Total Senior Note Claims $314,168
(1) Interest is accrued on the balance of the revolver and term loan less
escrow deposits at an interest rate of Prime plus 10% (8/14/99 Prime is 8%)
for a period of six months
(2) Debt owed on the Seabulk St. Frances, Seabulk Houston, Seabulk Kansas,
Seabulk Nebraska, and HMI Astrachem
(3) Interest is accrued on MARAD and Capital Lease debt at a rate of 7.5% for a
period of six months
(4) Estimated Additional Claims are based on a total employee claim estimate
using an average cost of $2,000 per employee, or $5 million total.
Contact: Jack O'Connell (Corporate Communications), 954/524-4200, x224
HVIDE MARINE FILES REORGANIZATION PLAN
Fort Lauderdale, FL, October 4, 1999 - Hvide Marine Incorporated (HMARQ) today
announced that it has filed a proposed Plan of Reorganization that, if
confirmed, would deleverage its balance sheet, restore liquidity, and enhance
the Company's competitive position in the marketplace. The Plan results from
discussions with the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed in
Hvide's Chapter 11 case, including representatives of the holders of
approximately 63% of Hvide Marine's $300 million of 8 3/8% Senior Notes and
nearly 50% of its outstanding Trust Convertible Preferred Securities.
Under the Plan, holders of the Company's 8 3/8% Senior Notes would
exchange their Senior Notes for 9,800,000 shares of common stock of the
reorganized Hvide Marine, representing 98% of the new common equity; holders of
the Trust Convertible Preferred Securities would receive 200,000 shares of
common stock of the reorganized Hvide Marine, representing 2% of the new common
equity, together with warrants to purchase an additional 125,000 shares; and
holders of the Common Stock would receive warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of
the common stock of the reorganized Hvide Marine. The warrants would be
exercisable at $38.49 per share and would have a term of four years.
Completion of the Plan is subject to various conditions, among them
obtaining refinancing for the Company's bank borrowings, including those under
the debtor-in-possession credit facility announced on September 9. To date, the
Company has been unsuccessful in its efforts to refinance these borrowings, and
there is no assurance that it will be able to do so in the future. Completion of
the Plan is also subject to approval by the U. S. Bankruptcy Court.
"The filing of our Plan of Reorganization represents an important step
forward," commented Jean Fitzgerald, Chairman, President and CEO. "It will
convert approximately $433 million of debt to equity, thereby reducing our
liabilities by more than half and enabling us to go forward as a financially
viable enterprise with a manageable debt load. It also represents an important
vote of confidence on the part of our major creditors, whose support has enabled
us to pursue this reorganization."
The Court has scheduled a hearing for November 2 to consider approval
of the proposed Disclosure Statement, filed along with the Plan of
Reorganization. As previously announced, the Company filed a voluntary Chapter
11 petition on September 8 and obtained a $60 million debtor-in-possession (DIP)
credit facility in order to continue normal operations throughout the
restructuring period. The Company estimates that it will complete its
restructuring and emerge from Chapter 11 in late 1999 or early 2000.
With a fleet of 276 vessels, Hvide Marine is one of the world's leading
providers of marine support and transportation services, primarily to the energy
and chemical industries. The Company's three main businesses are offshore energy
support (200 vessels), offshore and harbor towing (37 vessels), and
petrochemical transportation (39 vessels). A copy of the proposed Plan of
Reorganization and the related Disclosure Statement will be posted on Hvide's
web site at www.hvide.com.
This announcement contains "forward-looking" statements. Hvide Marine
Incorporated is subject to risks and other uncertainties that could cause such
statements to prove incorrect. For a discussion of those risks and
uncertainties, please refer to the Company's 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K and
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31 and June 30,
1999, as filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
